From 2a0bf6989c3b69024eb9469d07f3af57046af9be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sammy Fatnassi Date: Thu, 4 May 2023 18:15:09 +0900 Subject: [PATCH] Dev (#43) * Bugfix #37 Fix multiple Context Hook callback added to Imgui context, after a reconnect. * Prevent Server from saving a imgui.ini file This could conflict with other imgui application in same folder, and the Server doesn't really need any Imgui settings saved * Fixes for Linux build -Invalid GPU resource release on Com Thread -TextureId cast error -Unneeded Windows specific include * Fix some textureid cast error on GCC * Socket 'Force Listen' now optional Default is unused. Prevents having 2 running NetImgui Servers listening on same port. Seems like the 'force listen' isn't needed on Windows/Linux, but can still toggle it on if needed. * Updated for Dear ImGui 1.89 support -Small changes done to inputs * OffsetPointer fix Possible error for platorm using top bit in 64bits in VirtualAddress space * Removed 'unused const' warning introduced in VisualStudio 17.4.4 Fix the CI * Revert to wrongly submitted loader file during last Dear ImGui backend update * Upgrade DearImgui 1.89.5 * Version 1.9 Release * Update msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml updated msbuild setup * Update msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml Update to dotnet installed (needed for sharpmake) * Update msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml * Update msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml * Update msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml --- .github/workflows/msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml | 7 +- Build/GenerateCompatibilityTest.bat | 4 +- Code/Client/NetImgui_Api.h | 66 +- Code/Client/NetImgui_Config.h | 11 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp | 32 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Client.cpp | 3 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets.h | 60 +- .../Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets_DrawFrame.cpp | 2 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkPosix.cpp | 4 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkUE4.cpp | 2 + Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkWin32.cpp | 2 + Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.h | 13 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.inl | 12 +- Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_WarningDisable.h | 1 + .../SampleNoBackend/SampleNoBackend.cpp | 1 + .../GlfwGL3/NetImguiServer_App_GlfwGL3.cpp | 1 - Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_App.cpp | 44 +- .../Source/NetImguiServer_Network.cpp | 13 +- .../Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.cpp | 86 +- .../Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.h | 7 +- Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_UI.cpp | 2 +- .../NetImguiServer_App_win32dx11.cpp | 71 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.editorconfig | 8 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.gitignore | 13 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/LICENSE.txt | 2 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp | 112 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h | 4 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 332 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 13 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 175 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 6 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp | 306 +- .../DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h | 4 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imconfig.h | 7 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.cpp | 5529 ++++++++++------- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.h | 627 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_demo.cpp | 1029 +-- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_draw.cpp | 203 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_internal.h | 902 ++- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_tables.cpp | 239 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_widgets.cpp | 1090 ++-- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_textedit.h | 36 +- Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_truetype.h | 2 +- 43 files changed, 6755 insertions(+), 4328 deletions(-) diff --git a/.github/workflows/msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml b/.github/workflows/msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml index e8ac71b..fc67bcb 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/msbuild_vs2022_dev.yml @@ -28,8 +28,13 @@ jobs: - uses: actions/checkout@v3 - name: Add MSBuild to PATH - uses: microsoft/setup-msbuild@v1.0.2 + uses: microsoft/setup-msbuild@v1.1 + - name: Setup dotnet + uses: actions/setup-dotnet@v1 + with: + dotnet-version: '5.0.408' + - name: Generate Solutions working-directory: ${{env.GITHUB_WORKSPACE}} run: ./GenerateProject.bat 1 diff --git a/Build/GenerateCompatibilityTest.bat b/Build/GenerateCompatibilityTest.bat index 1ff00c6..024419e 100644 --- a/Build/GenerateCompatibilityTest.bat +++ b/Build/GenerateCompatibilityTest.bat @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ cls :: SETTINGS ::----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- :: List of offical Dear ImGui (from official depot) -set VERSIONS=(v1.71 v1.72 v1.73 v1.74 v1.75 v1.76 v1.77 v1.78 v1.79, v1.80, v1.81, v1.82, v1.83, v1.84, v1.85, v1.86, v1.87, v1.88) +set VERSIONS=(v1.71 v1.72 v1.73 v1.74 v1.75 v1.76 v1.77 v1.78 v1.79, v1.80, v1.81, v1.82, v1.83, v1.84, v1.85, v1.86, v1.87, v1.88, v1.89.1, v1.89.2, v1.89.3, v1.89.4, v1.89.5) :: List of custom Dear ImGui releases (from own depot) -set EXTRA_VERSIONS=(dock-1-76, dock-1-80) +set EXTRA_VERSIONS=(dock-1-76, dock-1-80, dock-1-89) :: Output directory set IMGUI_DIR=%~dp0..\_generated\imgui diff --git a/Code/Client/NetImgui_Api.h b/Code/Client/NetImgui_Api.h index db3a4ca..72cf785 100644 --- a/Code/Client/NetImgui_Api.h +++ b/Code/Client/NetImgui_Api.h @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ //! @Name : NetImgui //================================================================================================= //! @author : Sammy Fatnassi -//! @date : 2022/07/18 -//! @version : v1.8.1 +//! @date : 2023/05/04 +//! @version : v1.9 //! @Details : For integration info : https://github.com/sammyfreg/netImgui/wiki //================================================================================================= -#define NETIMGUI_VERSION "1.8.1 WIP" -#define NETIMGUI_VERSION_NUM 10801 +#define NETIMGUI_VERSION "1.9" // Version Release 1.9 +#define NETIMGUI_VERSION_NUM 10900 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ // ImGui.h warnings(s) #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat-pedantic" - #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // Enuma values using '__' or member starting with '_' in imgui.h + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // Enum values using '__' or member starting with '_' in imgui.h // NetImgui_Api.h Warning(s) #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // Not using nullptr in case this file is used in pre C++11 #elif defined(_MSC_VER) @@ -69,13 +69,39 @@ #include +//================================================================================================= +// Default Build settings defines values +// Assign default values when not set in user NetImgui_Config.h +//================================================================================================= + //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Prepended to functions signature, for dll export/import //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifndef NETIMGUI_API - #define NETIMGUI_API IMGUI_API // Use same value as defined by Dear ImGui by default + #define NETIMGUI_API IMGUI_API // Use same value as defined by Dear ImGui by default +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enable TCP socket 'reuse port' option when opening it as a 'listener'. +// Note: Can help when unable to open a socket because it wasn't properly released after a crash. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING + #define NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING 0 // Doesn't seem to be needed on Window/Linux +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enable Dear ImGui Callbacks support for BeginFrame/Render automatic interception. +// Note: Avoid having to replace ImGui::BeginFrame/ImGui::Render with in library user code, by +// 'NetImgui::NewFrame/NetImgui::EndFrame'. But prevent benefit of skipping frame draw +// when unneeded, that 'NetImgui::NewFrame' can provide. +// For more info, consult 'SampleNewFrame.cpp'. +// Needs Dear ImGui 1.81+ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED + #define NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18100) // Not supported pre Dear ImGui 1.81 #endif + namespace NetImgui { @@ -115,31 +141,31 @@ NETIMGUI_API bool Startup(void); NETIMGUI_API void Shutdown(); //================================================================================================= -// Try to establish a connection to NetImgui server application. +// Establish a connection between the NetImgui server application and this client. // -// Can establish connection with netImgui Server application by either reaching it directly +// Can connect with NetImgui Server application by either reaching it directly // using 'ConnectToApp' or waiting for Server to reach us after Client called 'ConnectFromApp'. // // Note: Start a new communication thread using std::Thread by default, but can receive custom // thread start function instead (Look at ClientExample 'CustomCommunicationThread'). //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// clientName : Named that will be displayed on the Server, for this Client -// serverHost : Address of the netImgui Server application (Ex1: 127.0.0.2, Ex2: localhost) -// serverPort : PortID of the netImgui Server application to connect to +// clientName : Client name displayed in the Server's clients list +// serverHost : Address of the NetImgui Server application (Ex1: 127.0.0.2, Ex2: localhost) +// serverPort : PortID of the NetImgui Server application to connect to // clientPort : PortID this Client should wait for connection from Server application // threadFunction : User provided function to launch new networking thread. -// Use 'DefaultStartCommunicationThread' by default, relying on 'std::thread'. +// Use 'DefaultStartCommunicationThread' by default (relying on 'std::thread'). //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API bool ConnectToApp(const char* clientName, const char* serverHost, uint32_t serverPort=kDefaultServerPort, ThreadFunctPtr threadFunction=0); NETIMGUI_API bool ConnectFromApp(const char* clientName, uint32_t clientPort=kDefaultClientPort, ThreadFunctPtr threadFunction=0); //================================================================================================= -// Request a disconnect from the netImguiApp server +// Request a disconnect from the NetImguiServer application //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API void Disconnect(void); //================================================================================================= -// True if connected to netImguiApp server +// True if connected to the NetImguiServer application //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API bool IsConnected(void); @@ -156,13 +182,13 @@ NETIMGUI_API bool IsConnectionPending(void); NETIMGUI_API bool IsDrawing(void); //================================================================================================= -// True when Dear ImGui is currently expecting draw commands *sent to remote netImgui app*. -// This means that we are between NewFrame() and EndFrame() of drawing for remote application +// True when we are currently drawinf on the NetImguiServer application +// Means that we are between NewFrame() and EndFrame() of drawing for remote application //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API bool IsDrawingRemote(void); //================================================================================================= -// Send an updated texture used by imgui, to netImguiApp server +// Send an updated texture used by imgui, to the NetImguiServer application // Note: To remove a texture, set pData to nullptr //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API void SendDataTexture(ImTextureID textureId, void* pData, uint16_t width, uint16_t height, eTexFormat format); @@ -210,7 +236,7 @@ NETIMGUI_API void SetCompressionMode(eCompressionMode eMode); NETIMGUI_API eCompressionMode GetCompressionMode(); //================================================================================================= -// Helper function to quickly create a context duplicate (sames settings/font/styles) +// Helper functions //================================================================================================= NETIMGUI_API uint8_t GetTexture_BitsPerPixel (eTexFormat eFormat); NETIMGUI_API uint32_t GetTexture_BytePerLine (eTexFormat eFormat, uint32_t pixelWidth); @@ -219,9 +245,9 @@ NETIMGUI_API uint32_t GetTexture_BytePerImage (eTexFormat eFormat, uint32_t pi //================================================================================================= // Optional single include compiling option -// Note: User that do not wish adding the few NetImgui cpp files to their project, +// Note: User wanting to avoid adding the few NetImgui sources files to their project, // can instead define 'NETIMGUI_IMPLEMENTATION' *once* before including 'NetImgui_Api.h' -// and this will load the required cpp files alongside +// to pull all the needed cpp files alongside for compilation //================================================================================================= #if defined(NETIMGUI_IMPLEMENTATION) #include "Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp" diff --git a/Code/Client/NetImgui_Config.h b/Code/Client/NetImgui_Config.h index c0b9514..25ade93 100644 --- a/Code/Client/NetImgui_Config.h +++ b/Code/Client/NetImgui_Config.h @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #endif // NETIMGUI_ENABLED //================================================================================================= -// Port used by connect the Server and Client together +// Default Ports used to reach the Server or the Client (listen port for incoming connection) //================================================================================================= namespace NetImgui { @@ -53,5 +53,10 @@ namespace NetImgui #define NETIMGUI_POSIX_SOCKETS_ENABLED !(NETIMGUI_WINSOCKET_ENABLED) #endif -// Disable auto interception of ImGui::NewFrame() / ImGui::Render() -//#define NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED 0 +//================================================================================================= +// Various build settings define +// Note: for more information, please look in 'NetImgui_Api.h' for description and default values +//================================================================================================= +//#define NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18100) // Not supported pre Dear ImGui 1.81 +//#define NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING 0 // Doesn't seem to be needed on Window/Linux +//#define NETIMGUI_API IMGUI_API // Use same value as defined by Dear ImGui by default diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp index a3ba2a7..90d0934 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Api.cpp @@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ bool ConnectToApp(const char* clientName, const char* ServerHost, uint32_t serve while (client.IsActive()) std::this_thread::yield(); + client.ContextRestore(); // Restore context setting override, after a disconnect + client.ContextRemoveHooks(); // Remove hooks callback only when completly disconnected + StringCopy(client.mName, (clientName == nullptr || clientName[0] == 0 ? "Unnamed" : clientName)); client.mpSocketPending = Network::Connect(ServerHost, serverPort); if (client.mpSocketPending.load() != nullptr) @@ -70,7 +73,10 @@ bool ConnectFromApp(const char* clientName, uint32_t serverPort, ThreadFunctPtr while (client.IsActive()) std::this_thread::yield(); - + + client.ContextRestore(); // Restore context setting override, after a disconnect + client.ContextRemoveHooks(); // Remove hooks callback only when completly disconnected + StringCopy(client.mName, (clientName == nullptr || clientName[0] == 0 ? "Unnamed" : clientName)); client.mpSocketPending = Network::ListenStart(serverPort); if (client.mpSocketPending.load() != nullptr) @@ -192,7 +198,7 @@ bool NewFrame(bool bSupportFrameSkip) // Regular Imgui NewFrame else { - // Restore context setting override, after a disconnect + // Restore context setting override, after a disconnect client.ContextRestore(); // Remove hooks callback only when completly disconnected @@ -489,7 +495,7 @@ uint32_t GetTexture_BytePerImage(eTexFormat eFormat, uint32_t pixelWidth, uint32 //Note: If adding support to BC compression format, have to take into account 4x4 size alignement } -static inline void AddKeyEvent(const Client::ClientInfo& client, const CmdInput* pCmdInput, CmdInput::NetImguiKeys netimguiKey, ImGuiKey_ imguiKey) +static inline void AddKeyEvent(const Client::ClientInfo& client, const CmdInput* pCmdInput, CmdInput::NetImguiKeys netimguiKey, ImGuiKey imguiKey) { uint32_t valIndex = netimguiKey/64; uint64_t valMask = 0x0000000000000001ull << (netimguiKey%64); @@ -504,7 +510,7 @@ static inline void AddKeyEvent(const Client::ClientInfo& client, const CmdInput* #endif } -static inline void AddKeyAnalogEvent(const Client::ClientInfo& client, const CmdInput* pCmdInput, CmdInput::NetImguiKeys netimguiKey, ImGuiKey_ imguiKey) +static inline void AddKeyAnalogEvent(const Client::ClientInfo& client, const CmdInput* pCmdInput, CmdInput::NetImguiKeys netimguiKey, ImGuiKey imguiKey) { uint32_t valIndex = netimguiKey/64; uint64_t valMask = 0x0000000000000001ull << (netimguiKey%64); @@ -567,10 +573,13 @@ bool ProcessInputData(Client::ClientInfo& client) AddInputDown(ImGuiKey_Y) // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo AddInputDown(ImGuiKey_Z) // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo #else + #if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18837 + #define ImGuiKey ImGuiKey_ + #endif // At the moment All Dear Imgui version share the same ImGuiKey_ enum (with a 512 value offset), // but could change in the future, so convert from our own enum version, to Dear ImGui. - #define AddInputDown(KEYNAME) AddKeyEvent(client, pCmdInput, CmdInput::KEYNAME, ImGuiKey_::KEYNAME); - #define AddAnalogInputDown(KEYNAME) AddKeyAnalogEvent(client, pCmdInput, CmdInput::KEYNAME, ImGuiKey_::KEYNAME); + #define AddInputDown(KEYNAME) AddKeyEvent(client, pCmdInput, CmdInput::KEYNAME, ImGuiKey::KEYNAME); + #define AddAnalogInputDown(KEYNAME) AddKeyAnalogEvent(client, pCmdInput, CmdInput::KEYNAME, ImGuiKey::KEYNAME); AddInputDown(ImGuiKey_Tab) AddInputDown(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow) AddInputDown(ImGuiKey_RightArrow) @@ -650,6 +659,9 @@ bool ProcessInputData(Client::ClientInfo& client) #undef AddInputDown #undef AddAnalogInputDown + #if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18837 + #undef ImGuiKey + #endif // Mouse io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheelX, wheelY); @@ -661,10 +673,10 @@ bool ProcessInputData(Client::ClientInfo& client) } } #endif - io.KeyShift = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ModShift); - io.KeyCtrl = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ModCtrl); - io.KeyAlt = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ModAlt); - io.KeySuper = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ModSuper); + io.KeyShift = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift); + io.KeyCtrl = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl); + io.KeyAlt = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt); + io.KeySuper = pCmdInput->IsKeyDown(CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper); size_t keyCount(1); uint16_t character; diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Client.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Client.cpp index 997389e..1df42c2 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Client.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Client.cpp @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ClientInfo::ClientInfo() : mpSocketPending(nullptr) , mpSocketComs(nullptr) , mpSocketListen(nullptr) -, mFontTextureID(TextureCastHelper(uint64_t(0u))) +, mFontTextureID(TextureCastFromUInt(uint64_t(0u))) , mTexturesPendingSent(0) , mTexturesPendingCreated(0) { @@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ void ClientInfo::ContextInitialize() #if NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED ImGuiContextHook hookNewframe, hookEndframe; + ContextRemoveHooks(); hookNewframe.HookId = 0; hookNewframe.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre; hookNewframe.Callback = HookBeginFrame; diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets.h b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets.h index a2ca436..b34ed1a 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets.h +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets.h @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ struct alignas(8) CmdVersion DataCompression2 = 8, // Improvement to data compression (save corner position and use SoA for vertices data) VertexUVRange = 9, // Changed vertices UV value range to [0,1] for increased precision on large font texture Imgui_1_87 = 10, // Added Dear ImGui Input refactor + OffetPointer = 11, // Updated the handling of OffsetPoint. Moved flag bit from last bit to first bit. Addresses and data are always at least 4 bytes aligned, so should never conflict with potential address space // Insert new version here //-------------------------------- @@ -129,32 +130,37 @@ struct alignas(8) CmdInput ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, - // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION action - ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) // -- - ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) // -- - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Input - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Activate - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Menu - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Cancel - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight - ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev + ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow - ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext + ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast - ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trigger (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trigger (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Thumbstick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) - ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Thumbstick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) - - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight - ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // GAME NAVIGATION ACTION + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) + + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + + // Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API. + ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing @@ -164,15 +170,15 @@ struct alignas(8) CmdInput // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper, + ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper, // End of list ImGuiKey_COUNT, // No valid ImGuiKey is ever greater than this value }; - static constexpr uint32_t kAnalog_First = ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp; - static constexpr uint32_t kAnalog_Last = ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight; + static constexpr uint32_t kAnalog_First = ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft; + static constexpr uint32_t kAnalog_Last = ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown; static constexpr uint32_t kAnalog_Count = kAnalog_Last - kAnalog_First + 1; CmdHeader mHeader = CmdHeader(CmdHeader::eCommands::Input, sizeof(CmdInput)); diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets_DrawFrame.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets_DrawFrame.cpp index fab267b..e54f5fe 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets_DrawFrame.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_CmdPackets_DrawFrame.cpp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ inline void ImGui_ExtractDraws(const ImDrawList& cmdList, ImguiDrawGroup& drawGr pOutDraws[drawCount].mIdxOffset = 0; #endif - pOutDraws[drawCount].mTextureId = TextureCastHelper(pCmd->TextureId); + pOutDraws[drawCount].mTextureId = TextureCastFromID(pCmd->TextureId); pOutDraws[drawCount].mIdxCount = pCmd->ElemCount; pOutDraws[drawCount].mClipRect[0] = pCmd->ClipRect.x; pOutDraws[drawCount].mClipRect[1] = pCmd->ClipRect.y; diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkPosix.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkPosix.cpp index b04cd81..42d0f86 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkPosix.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkPosix.cpp @@ -81,9 +81,11 @@ SocketInfo* ListenStart(uint32_t ListenPort) int ListenSocket = socket(addrInfo->ai_family, addrInfo->ai_socktype, addrInfo->ai_protocol); if( ListenSocket != -1 ) { - int flag = 1; + #if NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING + int flag = 1; setsockopt(ListenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &flag, sizeof(flag)); setsockopt(ListenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEPORT, &flag, sizeof(flag)); + #endif if( bind(ListenSocket, addrInfo->ai_addr, addrInfo->ai_addrlen) != -1 && listen(ListenSocket, 0) != -1) { diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkUE4.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkUE4.cpp index f2e1960..01dde96 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkUE4.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkUE4.cpp @@ -75,7 +75,9 @@ SocketInfo* ListenStart(uint32_t ListenPort) if( pNewListenSocket ) { SocketInfo* pListenSocketInfo = netImguiNew(pNewListenSocket); + #if NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING pNewListenSocket->SetReuseAddr(); + #endif pNewListenSocket->SetNonBlocking(false); pNewListenSocket->SetRecvErr(); if (pNewListenSocket->Bind(*IpAddress)) diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkWin32.cpp b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkWin32.cpp index 1736ab9..70f76e9 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkWin32.cpp +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_NetworkWin32.cpp @@ -78,8 +78,10 @@ SocketInfo* ListenStart(uint32_t ListenPort) server.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; server.sin_port = htons(static_cast(ListenPort)); + #if NETIMGUI_FORCE_TCP_LISTEN_BINDING constexpr BOOL ReUseAdrValue(true); setsockopt(ListenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, reinterpret_cast(&ReUseAdrValue), sizeof(ReUseAdrValue)); + #endif if( bind(ListenSocket, reinterpret_cast(&server), sizeof(server)) != SOCKET_ERROR && listen(ListenSocket, 0) != SOCKET_ERROR ) { diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.h b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.h index c205e83..33ad178 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.h +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.h @@ -27,13 +27,6 @@ #include "NetImgui_WarningReenable.h" //================================================================================================= -//================================================================================================= -// Enable using Dear ImGui Callbacks support to automatically intercept BeginFrame/Render. -// Needs Dear ImGui 1.81+ -//================================================================================================= -#ifndef NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED - #define NETIMGUI_IMGUI_CALLBACK_ENABLED (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18100) -#endif //================================================================================================= #include "NetImgui_WarningDisable.h" @@ -195,9 +188,9 @@ IntType DivUp(IntType Value, IntType Denominator); template IntType RoundUp(IntType Value, IntType Round); -inline uint64_t TextureCastHelper(ImTextureID textureID); -inline ImTextureID TextureCastHelper(const void* pTexture); -inline ImTextureID TextureCastHelper(uint64_t textureID); +inline uint64_t TextureCastFromID(ImTextureID textureID); +inline ImTextureID TextureCastFromPtr(void* pTexture); +inline ImTextureID TextureCastFromUInt(uint64_t textureID); }} //namespace NetImgui::Internal diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.inl b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.inl index e7f9c14..978e9f2 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.inl +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_Shared.inl @@ -106,19 +106,19 @@ void OffsetPointer::SetComDataPtr(ComDataType* pPointer) template void OffsetPointer::SetOff(uint64_t offset) { - mOffset = offset | 0x8000000000000000; + mOffset = offset | 0x0000000000000001u; } template uint64_t OffsetPointer::GetOff()const { - return mOffset & ~0x8000000000000000; + return mOffset & ~0x0000000000000001u; } template bool OffsetPointer::IsOffset()const { - return (mOffset & 0x8000000000000000) != 0; + return (mOffset & 0x0000000000000001u) != 0; } template @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ union TextureCastHelperUnion const void* TexturePtr; }; -uint64_t TextureCastHelper(ImTextureID textureID) +uint64_t TextureCastFromID(ImTextureID textureID) { TextureCastHelperUnion textureUnion; textureUnion.TextureUint = 0; @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ uint64_t TextureCastHelper(ImTextureID textureID) return textureUnion.TextureUint; } -ImTextureID TextureCastHelper(const void* pTexture) +ImTextureID TextureCastFromPtr(void* pTexture) { TextureCastHelperUnion textureUnion; textureUnion.TextureUint = 0; @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ ImTextureID TextureCastHelper(const void* pTexture) } #ifndef IS_NETIMGUISERVER -ImTextureID TextureCastHelper(uint64_t textureID) +ImTextureID TextureCastFromUInt(uint64_t textureID) { TextureCastHelperUnion textureUnion; textureUnion.TextureUint = textureID; diff --git a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_WarningDisable.h b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_WarningDisable.h index 3f1dc77..f9760d5 100644 --- a/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_WarningDisable.h +++ b/Code/Client/Private/NetImgui_WarningDisable.h @@ -27,5 +27,6 @@ #pragma warning (disable: 4826) // Conversion from 'TType *' to 'uint64_t' is sign-extended. This may cause unexpected runtime behavior. #pragma warning (disable: 5031) // #pragma warning(pop): likely mismatch, popping warning state pushed in different file #pragma warning (disable: 5045) // Compiler will insert Spectre mitigation for memory load if / Qspectre switch specified + #pragma warning (disable: 5264) // 'xxx': 'const' variable is not used #endif diff --git a/Code/Sample/SampleNoBackend/SampleNoBackend.cpp b/Code/Sample/SampleNoBackend/SampleNoBackend.cpp index 57479ad..2c1ba72 100644 --- a/Code/Sample/SampleNoBackend/SampleNoBackend.cpp +++ b/Code/Sample/SampleNoBackend/SampleNoBackend.cpp @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ bool Client_Startup() io.Fonts->Build(); io.Fonts->SetTexID(0); io.DisplaySize = ImVec2(8,8); + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; // Enable NetImgui Gamepad support ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); if( !NetImgui::Startup() ) diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/GlfwGL3/NetImguiServer_App_GlfwGL3.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/GlfwGL3/NetImguiServer_App_GlfwGL3.cpp index b3e21e2..ea4a0c4 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/GlfwGL3/NetImguiServer_App_GlfwGL3.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/GlfwGL3/NetImguiServer_App_GlfwGL3.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ #include "NetImguiServer_UI.h" #include "backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp" #include "backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp" -#include "backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp" //================================================================================================= // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for GLFW + OpenGL 3, using programmable pipeline diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_App.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_App.cpp index 24162b0..cfcef25 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_App.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_App.cpp @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ bool Startup(const char* CmdLine) if( !ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(Roboto_Medium_compressed_data, Roboto_Medium_compressed_size, 16.f, &Config) ){ ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault(); } + + ImGui::GetIO().IniFilename = nullptr; // Disable server ImGui ini settings (not really needed, and avoid imgui.ini filename conflicts) + ImGui::GetIO().LogFilename = nullptr; return HAL_Startup(CmdLine); } return false; @@ -130,6 +133,8 @@ void DrawClientBackground(RemoteClient::Client& client) { client.mpBGContext = ImGui::CreateContext(ImGui::GetIO().Fonts); client.mpBGContext->IO.DeltaTime = 1/30.f; + client.mpBGContext->IO.IniFilename = nullptr; // Disable server ImGui ini settings (not really needed, and avoid imgui.ini filename conflicts) + client.mpBGContext->IO.LogFilename = nullptr; } NetImgui::Internal::ScopedImguiContext scopedCtx(client.mpBGContext); @@ -166,28 +171,33 @@ void UpdateRemoteContent() for (uint32_t i(0); i < RemoteClient::Client::GetCountMax(); ++i) { RemoteClient::Client& client = RemoteClient::Client::Get(i); - if( client.mbIsConnected && client.mbIsVisible ) + if( client.mbIsConnected ) { - client.ProcessPendingTextures(); + if (client.mbIsReleased) { + client.Uninitialize(); + } + else if( client.mbIsVisible ){ + client.ProcessPendingTextures(); - // Update the RenderTarget destination of each client, of size was updated - if (client.mAreaSizeX > 0 && client.mAreaSizeY > 0 && (!client.mpHAL_AreaRT || client.mAreaRTSizeX != client.mAreaSizeX || client.mAreaRTSizeY != client.mAreaSizeY)) - { - if (HAL_CreateRenderTarget(client.mAreaSizeX, client.mAreaSizeY, client.mpHAL_AreaRT, client.mpHAL_AreaTexture)) + // Update the RenderTarget destination of each client, of size was updated + if (client.mAreaSizeX > 0 && client.mAreaSizeY > 0 && (!client.mpHAL_AreaRT || client.mAreaRTSizeX != client.mAreaSizeX || client.mAreaRTSizeY != client.mAreaSizeY)) { - client.mAreaRTSizeX = client.mAreaSizeX; - client.mAreaRTSizeY = client.mAreaSizeY; - client.mLastUpdateTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now() - std::chrono::hours(1); // Will redraw the client - client.mBGNeedUpdate = true; + if (HAL_CreateRenderTarget(client.mAreaSizeX, client.mAreaSizeY, client.mpHAL_AreaRT, client.mpHAL_AreaTexture)) + { + client.mAreaRTSizeX = client.mAreaSizeX; + client.mAreaRTSizeY = client.mAreaSizeY; + client.mLastUpdateTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now() - std::chrono::hours(1); // Will redraw the client + client.mBGNeedUpdate = true; + } } - } - // Render the remote results - ImDrawData* pDrawData = client.GetImguiDrawData(gEmptyTexture.mpHAL_Texture); - if( pDrawData ) - { - DrawClientBackground(client); - HAL_RenderDrawData(client, pDrawData); + // Render the remote results + ImDrawData* pDrawData = client.GetImguiDrawData(gEmptyTexture.mpHAL_Texture); + if( pDrawData ) + { + DrawClientBackground(client); + HAL_RenderDrawData(client, pDrawData); + } } } } diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_Network.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_Network.cpp index 46a3fef..8c7f8b4 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_Network.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_Network.cpp @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void Communications_ClientExchangeLoop(NetImgui::Internal::Network::SocketInfo* NetImguiServer::Config::Client::SetProperty_Connected(pClient->mClientConfigID, false); NetImgui::Internal::Network::Disconnect(pClientSocket); - pClient->Reset(); + pClient->Release(); gActiveClientThreadCount--; } @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ bool Communications_InitializeClient(NetImgui::Internal::Network::SocketInfo* pC NetImgui::Internal::StringCopy(pClient->mInfoImguiVerName, cmdVersionRcv.mImguiVerName); NetImgui::Internal::StringCopy(pClient->mInfoNetImguiVerName, cmdVersionRcv.mNetImguiVerName); - NetImguiServer::Config::Client clientConfig; + NetImguiServer::Config::Client clientConfig; if( NetImguiServer::Config::Client::GetConfigByID(pClient->mClientConfigID, clientConfig) ){ NetImgui::Internal::StringFormat(pClient->mWindowID, "%s (%s)##%i", pClient->mInfoName, clientConfig.mClientName, static_cast(pClient->mClientIndex)); // Using ClientIndex as a window unique ID } @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ void NetworkConnectionNew(NetImgui::Internal::Network::SocketInfo* pClientSocket if (zErrorMsg == nullptr) { - pNewClient->mbIsConnected = true; + pNewClient->mbIsConnected = true; std::thread(Communications_ClientExchangeLoop, pClientSocket, pNewClient).detach(); } else @@ -280,6 +280,7 @@ void NetworkConnectRequest_Receive() if( !gbValidListenSocket ) { printf("Failed to start connection listen on port : %i", serverPort); + std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(500)); // Reduce Server listening socket open attempt frequency } } @@ -302,8 +303,10 @@ void NetworkConnectRequest_Receive() NetImgui::Internal::Network::Disconnect(pClientSocket); } } - std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(1)); + std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(16)); } + + NetImgui::Internal::Network::Disconnect(pListenSocket); } //================================================================================================= @@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ void NetworkConnectRequest_Send() { NetImgui::Internal::StringCopy(newClient.mInfoName, clientConfig.mClientName); newClient.mConnectPort = clientConfig.mHostPort; - newClient.mClientConfigID = clientConfigID; + newClient.mClientConfigID = clientConfigID; newClient.mClientIndex = freeIndex; } NetImguiServer::App::HAL_GetSocketInfo(pClientSocket, newClient.mConnectHost, sizeof(newClient.mConnectHost), newClient.mConnectPort); diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.cpp index 2046ec9..d20bcd8 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.cpp @@ -34,16 +34,7 @@ Client::Client() Client::~Client() { - Reset(); - - //Note: Reset is usually called from com thread, can't destroy ImGui Context in it, - // or drawing data that could be currently in use by server to draw client results - NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpImguiDrawData); - NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpFrameDrawPrev); - if (mpBGContext) { - ImGui::DestroyContext(mpBGContext); - mpBGContext = nullptr; - } + Uninitialize(); } void Client::ReceiveDrawFrame(NetImgui::Internal::CmdDrawFrame* pFrameData) @@ -132,7 +123,27 @@ void Client::ProcessPendingTextures() } } -void Client::Reset() +void Client::Initialize() +{ + mConnectedTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); + mLastUpdateTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now() - std::chrono::hours(1); + mLastDrawFrame = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); + mStatsIndex = 0; + mStatsRcvdBps = 0; + mStatsSentBps = 0; + mStatsFPS = 0.f; + mStatsDataRcvd = 0; + mStatsDataSent = 0; + mStatsDataRcvdPrev = 0; + mStatsDataSentPrev = 0; + mbIsReleased = false; + mStatsTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); + mBGSettings = NetImgui::Internal::CmdBackground(); // Assign background default value, until we receive first update from client + NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpImguiDrawData); + NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpFrameDrawPrev); +} + +void Client::Uninitialize() { NetImguiServer::App::HAL_DestroyRenderTarget(mpHAL_AreaRT, mpHAL_AreaTexture); for(auto& texEntry : mvTextures ) @@ -145,34 +156,27 @@ void Client::Reset() mPendingBackgroundIn.Free(); mPendingInputOut.Free(); + NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpImguiDrawData); + NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpFrameDrawPrev); + if (mpBGContext) { + ImGui::DestroyContext(mpBGContext); + mpBGContext = nullptr; + } + mInfoName[0] = 0; - mClientConfigID = NetImguiServer::Config::Client::kInvalidRuntimeID; mClientIndex = 0; + mClientConfigID = NetImguiServer::Config::Client::kInvalidRuntimeID; mbCompressionSkipOncePending = false; mbDisconnectPending = false; mbIsConnected = false; mbIsFree = true; mBGNeedUpdate = true; - } -void Client::Initialize() +// Used on communication thread to let main thread know this client resources should be deleted +void Client::Release() { - mConnectedTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); - mLastUpdateTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now() - std::chrono::hours(1); - mLastDrawFrame = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); - mStatsIndex = 0; - mStatsRcvdBps = 0; - mStatsSentBps = 0; - mStatsFPS = 0.f; - mStatsDataRcvd = 0; - mStatsDataSent = 0; - mStatsDataRcvdPrev = 0; - mStatsDataSentPrev = 0; - mStatsTime = std::chrono::steady_clock::now(); - mBGSettings = NetImgui::Internal::CmdBackground(); // Assign background default value, until we receive first update from client - NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpImguiDrawData); - NetImgui::Internal::netImguiDeleteSafe(mpFrameDrawPrev); + mbIsReleased = true; } bool Client::Startup(uint32_t clientCountMax) @@ -237,13 +241,13 @@ NetImguiImDrawData* Client::GetImguiDrawData(void* pEmtpyTextureHAL) ImDrawList* pCmdList = pPendingDrawData->CmdLists[i]; for(int drawIdx(0), drawCount(pCmdList->CmdBuffer.size()); drawIdxCmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId); - pCmdList->CmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastHelper(pEmtpyTextureHAL); // Default to empty texture + uint64_t wantedTexID = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastFromID(pCmdList->CmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId); + pCmdList->CmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastFromPtr(pEmtpyTextureHAL); // Default to empty texture for(size_t texIdx=0; texIdxCmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastHelper(mvTextures[texIdx].mpHAL_Texture); + pCmdList->CmdBuffer[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastFromPtr(mvTextures[texIdx].mpHAL_Texture); break; } } @@ -334,7 +338,7 @@ NetImguiImDrawData* Client::ConvertToImguiDrawData(const NetImgui::Internal::Cmd pCommandDst[drawIdx].ElemCount = pDrawSrc[drawIdx].mIdxCount; pCommandDst[drawIdx].UserCallback = nullptr; pCommandDst[drawIdx].UserCallbackData = nullptr; - pCommandDst[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastHelper(pDrawSrc[drawIdx].mTextureId); + pCommandDst[drawIdx].TextureId = NetImgui::Internal::TextureCastFromID(pDrawSrc[drawIdx].mTextureId); } pIndexDst += drawGroup.mIndiceCount; @@ -429,7 +433,7 @@ void Client::CaptureImguiInput() // Keyboard / Gamepads Inputs // If Dear ImGui Update their enum, must also adjust our enum copy, // so adding a few check to detect a change - #define EnumKeynameTest(KEYNAME) static_cast(NetImgui::Internal::CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::KEYNAME) == static_cast(ImGuiKey_::KEYNAME-ImGuiKey_::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN), "Update the NetImgui enum to match the updated Dear ImGui enum" + #define EnumKeynameTest(KEYNAME) static_cast(NetImgui::Internal::CmdInput::NetImguiKeys::KEYNAME) == static_cast(ImGuiKey::KEYNAME-ImGuiKey::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN), "Update the NetImgui enum to match the updated Dear ImGui enum" static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_COUNT)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_Tab)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_Escape)); @@ -439,10 +443,10 @@ void Client::CaptureImguiInput() static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_CapsLock)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp)); - static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl)); - static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ModShift)); - static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)); - static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ModSuper)); + static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl)); + static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift)); + static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt)); + static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3)); static_assert(EnumKeynameTest(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp)); @@ -450,9 +454,9 @@ void Client::CaptureImguiInput() // Save every keydown status to out bitmask uint64_t valueMask(0); - for (uint32_t i(0); i < ImGuiKey_::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT; ++i) { - valueMask |= ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN+i) ? 0x0000000000000001ull << (i%64) : 0; - if( ((i % 64) == 63) || i == (ImGuiKey_::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT-1)){ + for (uint32_t i(0); i < ImGuiKey::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT; ++i) { + valueMask |= ImGui::IsKeyDown(static_cast(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN+i)) ? 0x0000000000000001ull << (i%64) : 0; + if( ((i % 64) == 63) || i == (ImGuiKey::ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT-1)){ pNewInput->mInputDownMask[i/64] = valueMask; valueMask = 0; } diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.h b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.h index a5c7c3d..478e5f9 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.h +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_RemoteClient.h @@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ struct Client Client(const Client&&) = delete; void operator=(const Client&) = delete; void Initialize(); - void Reset(); + void Uninitialize(); + void Release(); + bool IsValid()const; void ReceiveTexture(NetImgui::Internal::CmdTexture*); void ReceiveDrawFrame(NetImgui::Internal::CmdDrawFrame*); @@ -75,7 +77,8 @@ struct Client std::atomic_uint64_t mPendingTextureReadIndex; std::atomic_uint64_t mPendingTextureWriteIndex; bool mbIsVisible = false; //!< If currently shown - bool mbIsActive = false; //!< Is the current active window (will receive input, only one is true at a time) + bool mbIsActive = false; //!< Is the current active window (will receive input, only one is true at a time) + bool mbIsReleased = false; //!< If released in com thread and main thread should delete resources std::atomic_bool mbIsFree; //!< If available to use for a new connected client std::atomic_bool mbIsConnected; //!< If connected to a remote client std::atomic_bool mbDisconnectPending; //!< Server requested a disconnect on this item diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_UI.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_UI.cpp index 510f721..321f186 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_UI.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/NetImguiServer_UI.cpp @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ void DrawImguiContent_Clients() // Add fake button to discard mouse input (prevent window moving when draging inside client area) ImVec2 savedPos = ImGui::GetCursorPos(); const ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - const ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); + const ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", areaSize, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle); ImGui::SetCursorPos(savedPos); diff --git a/Code/ServerApp/Source/Win32DX11/NetImguiServer_App_win32dx11.cpp b/Code/ServerApp/Source/Win32DX11/NetImguiServer_App_win32dx11.cpp index 8bd8558..517ca8f 100644 --- a/Code/ServerApp/Source/Win32DX11/NetImguiServer_App_win32dx11.cpp +++ b/Code/ServerApp/Source/Win32DX11/NetImguiServer_App_win32dx11.cpp @@ -22,11 +22,10 @@ #include // Data -static ID3D11Device* g_pd3dDevice = NULL; -static ID3D11DeviceContext* g_pd3dDeviceContext = NULL; -static IDXGISwapChain* g_pSwapChain = NULL; -static ID3D11RenderTargetView* g_mainRenderTargetView = NULL; - +static ID3D11Device* g_pd3dDevice = nullptr; +static ID3D11DeviceContext* g_pd3dDeviceContext = nullptr; +static IDXGISwapChain* g_pSwapChain = nullptr; +static ID3D11RenderTargetView* g_mainRenderTargetView = nullptr; ID3D11Device*& g_pd3dDeviceExtern = g_pd3dDevice; // @SAMPLE_EDIT ID3D11DeviceContext*& g_pd3dDeviceContextExtern = g_pd3dDeviceContext;// @SAMPLE_EDIT @@ -42,15 +41,15 @@ int main(int, char**) { // Create application window //ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableDpiAwareness(); - WNDCLASSEX wc = { sizeof(WNDCLASSEX), CS_CLASSDC, WndProc, 0L, 0L, GetModuleHandle(NULL), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, _T("NetImgui Server"), NULL }; // @SAMPLE_EDIT (changed name) - ::RegisterClassEx(&wc); - HWND hwnd = ::CreateWindow(wc.lpszClassName, _T("NetImgui Server"), WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, 100, 100, 1280, 800, NULL, NULL, wc.hInstance, NULL); // @SAMPLE_EDIT (changed name) + WNDCLASSEXW wc = { sizeof(wc), CS_CLASSDC, WndProc, 0L, 0L, GetModuleHandle(nullptr), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, L"NetImgui Server", nullptr }; // @SAMPLE_EDIT (changed name) + ::RegisterClassExW(&wc); + HWND hwnd = ::CreateWindowW(wc.lpszClassName, L"NetImgui Server", WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, 100, 100, 1280, 800, nullptr, nullptr, wc.hInstance, nullptr); // @SAMPLE_EDIT (changed name) // Initialize Direct3D if (!CreateDeviceD3D(hwnd)) { CleanupDeviceD3D(); - ::UnregisterClass(wc.lpszClassName, wc.hInstance); + ::UnregisterClassW(wc.lpszClassName, wc.hInstance); return 1; } @@ -62,10 +61,10 @@ int main(int, char**) IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); ImGui::CreateContext(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); (void)io; - io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard; // Enable Keyboard Controls - //io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad; // Enable Gamepad Controls - io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable; // Enable Docking - io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable; // Enable Multi-Viewport / Platform Windows + io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard; // Enable Keyboard Controls + io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad; // Enable Gamepad Controls + io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable; // Enable Docking + io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable; // Enable Multi-Viewport / Platform Windows //io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge = true; //io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon = true; //io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent = true; @@ -76,7 +75,7 @@ int main(int, char**) // Setup Dear ImGui style ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); - //ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); + //ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); // When viewports are enabled we tweak WindowRounding/WindowBg so platform windows can look identical to regular ones. ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); @@ -93,17 +92,18 @@ int main(int, char**) // Load Fonts // - If no fonts are loaded, dear imgui will use the default font. You can also load multiple fonts and use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to select them. // - AddFontFromFileTTF() will return the ImFont* so you can store it if you need to select the font among multiple. - // - If the file cannot be loaded, the function will return NULL. Please handle those errors in your application (e.g. use an assertion, or display an error and quit). + // - If the file cannot be loaded, the function will return a nullptr. Please handle those errors in your application (e.g. use an assertion, or display an error and quit). // - The fonts will be rasterized at a given size (w/ oversampling) and stored into a texture when calling ImFontAtlas::Build()/GetTexDataAsXXXX(), which ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame below will call. + // - Use '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE' in your imconfig file to use Freetype for higher quality font rendering. // - Read 'docs/FONTS.md' for more instructions and details. // - Remember that in C/C++ if you want to include a backslash \ in a string literal you need to write a double backslash \\ ! //io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); + //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\segoeui.ttf", 18.0f); + //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/DroidSans.ttf", 16.0f); //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/Roboto-Medium.ttf", 16.0f); //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/Cousine-Regular.ttf", 15.0f); - //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/DroidSans.ttf", 16.0f); - //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/ProggyTiny.ttf", 10.0f); - //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); - //IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); + //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, nullptr, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); + //IM_ASSERT(font != nullptr); // Our state bool show_demo_window = true; @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ int main(int, char**) // Poll and handle messages (inputs, window resize, etc.) // See the WndProc() function below for our to dispatch events to the Win32 backend. MSG msg; - while (::PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0U, 0U, PM_REMOVE)) + while (::PeekMessage(&msg, nullptr, 0U, 0U, PM_REMOVE)) { ::TranslateMessage(&msg); ::DispatchMessage(&msg); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int main(int, char**) if (show_demo_window) ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(&show_demo_window); - // 2. Show a simple window that we create ourselves. We use a Begin/End pair to created a named window. + // 2. Show a simple window that we create ourselves. We use a Begin/End pair to create a named window. { static float f = 0.0f; static int counter = 0; @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ int main(int, char**) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("counter = %d", counter); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate); + ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); ImGui::End(); } @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ int main(int, char**) // Rendering ImGui::Render(); const float clear_color_with_alpha[4] = { clear_color.x * clear_color.w, clear_color.y * clear_color.w, clear_color.z * clear_color.w, clear_color.w }; - g_pd3dDeviceContext->OMSetRenderTargets(1, &g_mainRenderTargetView, NULL); + g_pd3dDeviceContext->OMSetRenderTargets(1, &g_mainRenderTargetView, nullptr); g_pd3dDeviceContext->ClearRenderTargetView(g_mainRenderTargetView, clear_color_with_alpha); ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); @@ -221,13 +221,12 @@ int main(int, char**) CleanupDeviceD3D(); ::DestroyWindow(hwnd); - ::UnregisterClass(wc.lpszClassName, wc.hInstance); + ::UnregisterClassW(wc.lpszClassName, wc.hInstance); return 0; } // Helper functions - bool CreateDeviceD3D(HWND hWnd) { // Setup swap chain @@ -251,7 +250,10 @@ bool CreateDeviceD3D(HWND hWnd) //createDeviceFlags |= D3D11_CREATE_DEVICE_DEBUG; D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL featureLevel; const D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL featureLevelArray[2] = { D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL_11_0, D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL_10_0, }; - if (D3D11CreateDeviceAndSwapChain(NULL, D3D_DRIVER_TYPE_HARDWARE, NULL, createDeviceFlags, featureLevelArray, 2, D3D11_SDK_VERSION, &sd, &g_pSwapChain, &g_pd3dDevice, &featureLevel, &g_pd3dDeviceContext) != S_OK) + HRESULT res = D3D11CreateDeviceAndSwapChain(nullptr, D3D_DRIVER_TYPE_HARDWARE, nullptr, createDeviceFlags, featureLevelArray, 2, D3D11_SDK_VERSION, &sd, &g_pSwapChain, &g_pd3dDevice, &featureLevel, &g_pd3dDeviceContext); + if (res == DXGI_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED) // Try high-performance WARP software driver if hardware is not available. + res = D3D11CreateDeviceAndSwapChain(nullptr, D3D_DRIVER_TYPE_WARP, nullptr, createDeviceFlags, featureLevelArray, 2, D3D11_SDK_VERSION, &sd, &g_pSwapChain, &g_pd3dDevice, &featureLevel, &g_pd3dDeviceContext); + if (res != S_OK) return false; CreateRenderTarget(); @@ -261,22 +263,22 @@ bool CreateDeviceD3D(HWND hWnd) void CleanupDeviceD3D() { CleanupRenderTarget(); - if (g_pSwapChain) { g_pSwapChain->Release(); g_pSwapChain = NULL; } - if (g_pd3dDeviceContext) { g_pd3dDeviceContext->Release(); g_pd3dDeviceContext = NULL; } - if (g_pd3dDevice) { g_pd3dDevice->Release(); g_pd3dDevice = NULL; } + if (g_pSwapChain) { g_pSwapChain->Release(); g_pSwapChain = nullptr; } + if (g_pd3dDeviceContext) { g_pd3dDeviceContext->Release(); g_pd3dDeviceContext = nullptr; } + if (g_pd3dDevice) { g_pd3dDevice->Release(); g_pd3dDevice = nullptr; } } void CreateRenderTarget() { ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer; g_pSwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer)); - g_pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, NULL, &g_mainRenderTargetView); + g_pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, nullptr, &g_mainRenderTargetView); pBackBuffer->Release(); } void CleanupRenderTarget() { - if (g_mainRenderTargetView) { g_mainRenderTargetView->Release(); g_mainRenderTargetView = NULL; } + if (g_mainRenderTargetView) { g_mainRenderTargetView->Release(); g_mainRenderTargetView = nullptr; } } #ifndef WM_DPICHANGED @@ -299,7 +301,7 @@ LRESULT WINAPI WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) switch (msg) { case WM_SIZE: - if (g_pd3dDevice != NULL && wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) + if (g_pd3dDevice != nullptr && wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) { CleanupRenderTarget(); g_pSwapChain->ResizeBuffers(0, (UINT)LOWORD(lParam), (UINT)HIWORD(lParam), DXGI_FORMAT_UNKNOWN, 0); @@ -319,11 +321,10 @@ LRESULT WINAPI WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) //const int dpi = HIWORD(wParam); //printf("WM_DPICHANGED to %d (%.0f%%)\n", dpi, (float)dpi / 96.0f * 100.0f); const RECT* suggested_rect = (RECT*)lParam; - ::SetWindowPos(hWnd, NULL, suggested_rect->left, suggested_rect->top, suggested_rect->right - suggested_rect->left, suggested_rect->bottom - suggested_rect->top, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); + ::SetWindowPos(hWnd, nullptr, suggested_rect->left, suggested_rect->top, suggested_rect->right - suggested_rect->left, suggested_rect->bottom - suggested_rect->top, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); } break; } - return ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); + return ::DefWindowProcW(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); } - #endif // @SAMPLE_EDIT HAL_API_PLATFORM_WIN32_DX11 diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.editorconfig b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.editorconfig index c6dc600..5adfefa 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.editorconfig +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.editorconfig @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ # See http://editorconfig.org to read about the EditorConfig format. # - In theory automatically supported by VS2017+ and most common IDE or text editors. -# - In practice VS2019 stills gets trailing whitespaces wrong :( -# - Suggest install to trim whitespaces: https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=MadsKristensen.TrailingWhitespaceVisualizer +# - In practice VS2019-VS2022 stills don't trim trailing whitespaces correctly :( +# - Suggest installing this to trim whitespaces: +# GitHub https://github.com/madskristensen/TrailingWhitespace +# VS2019 https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=MadsKristensen.TrailingWhitespaceVisualizer +# VS2022 https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=MadsKristensen.TrailingWhitespace64 +# (in spite of its name doesn't only visualize but also trims) # - Alternative for older VS2010 to VS2015: https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=EditorConfigTeam.EditorConfig # top-most EditorConfig file diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.gitignore b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.gitignore index 86bed60..dc71646 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.gitignore +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/.gitignore @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ ipch *.VC.db *.VC.VC.opendb +## Getting files created in JSON/Schemas/Catalog/ from a VS2022 update +JSON/ + ## Commonly used CMake directories /build*/ @@ -37,7 +40,8 @@ xcuserdata examples/*.o.tmp examples/*.out.js examples/*.out.wasm -examples/example_emscripten_opengl3/web/* +examples/example_glfw_opengl3/web/* +examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/web/* examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/web/* ## JetBrains IDE artifacts @@ -45,9 +49,12 @@ examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/web/* cmake-build-* ## Unix executables from our example Makefiles +examples/example_glfw_metal/example_glfw_metal examples/example_glfw_opengl2/example_glfw_opengl2 examples/example_glfw_opengl3/example_glfw_opengl3 examples/example_glut_opengl2/example_glut_opengl2 examples/example_null/example_null -examples/example_sdl_opengl2/example_sdl_opengl2 -examples/example_sdl_opengl3/example_sdl_opengl3 +examples/example_sdl2_metal/example_sdl2_metal +examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/example_sdl2_opengl2 +examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/example_sdl2_opengl3 +examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/LICENSE.txt b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/LICENSE.txt index 4023e0c..fb715bd 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/LICENSE.txt +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/LICENSE.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Omar Cornut +Copyright (c) 2014-2023 Omar Cornut Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp index b4452df..fa60d9e 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. +// [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). // 2021-05-19: DirectX11: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement) // 2021-02-18: DirectX11: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer. @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ struct VERTEX_CONSTANT_BUFFER_DX11 // It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. static ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData() { - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplDX11_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplDX11_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; } // Forward Declarations @@ -103,14 +104,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D11DeviceC ctx->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &bd->pVB, &stride, &offset); ctx->IASetIndexBuffer(bd->pIB, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? DXGI_FORMAT_R16_UINT : DXGI_FORMAT_R32_UINT, 0); ctx->IASetPrimitiveTopology(D3D11_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLELIST); - ctx->VSSetShader(bd->pVertexShader, NULL, 0); + ctx->VSSetShader(bd->pVertexShader, nullptr, 0); ctx->VSSetConstantBuffers(0, 1, &bd->pVertexConstantBuffer); - ctx->PSSetShader(bd->pPixelShader, NULL, 0); + ctx->PSSetShader(bd->pPixelShader, nullptr, 0); ctx->PSSetSamplers(0, 1, &bd->pFontSampler); - ctx->GSSetShader(NULL, NULL, 0); - ctx->HSSetShader(NULL, NULL, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. - ctx->DSSetShader(NULL, NULL, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. - ctx->CSSetShader(NULL, NULL, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. + ctx->GSSetShader(nullptr, nullptr, 0); + ctx->HSSetShader(nullptr, nullptr, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. + ctx->DSSetShader(nullptr, nullptr, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. + ctx->CSSetShader(nullptr, nullptr, 0); // In theory we should backup and restore this as well.. very infrequently used.. // Setup blend state const float blend_factor[4] = { 0.f, 0.f, 0.f, 0.f }; @@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) // Create and grow vertex/index buffers if needed if (!bd->pVB || bd->VertexBufferSize < draw_data->TotalVtxCount) { - if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = NULL; } + if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = nullptr; } bd->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000; D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc; memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D11_BUFFER_DESC)); @@ -141,12 +142,12 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; desc.CPUAccessFlags = D3D11_CPU_ACCESS_WRITE; desc.MiscFlags = 0; - if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, NULL, &bd->pVB) < 0) + if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, nullptr, &bd->pVB) < 0) return; } if (!bd->pIB || bd->IndexBufferSize < draw_data->TotalIdxCount) { - if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = NULL; } + if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = nullptr; } bd->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000; D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc; memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D11_BUFFER_DESC)); @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) desc.ByteWidth = bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; desc.CPUAccessFlags = D3D11_CPU_ACCESS_WRITE; - if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, NULL, &bd->pIB) < 0) + if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, nullptr, &bd->pIB) < 0) return; } @@ -258,7 +259,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL) + if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr) { // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) @@ -332,13 +333,13 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateFontsTexture() desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_SHADER_RESOURCE; desc.CPUAccessFlags = 0; - ID3D11Texture2D* pTexture = NULL; + ID3D11Texture2D* pTexture = nullptr; D3D11_SUBRESOURCE_DATA subResource; subResource.pSysMem = pixels; subResource.SysMemPitch = desc.Width * 4; subResource.SysMemSlicePitch = 0; bd->pd3dDevice->CreateTexture2D(&desc, &subResource, &pTexture); - IM_ASSERT(pTexture != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(pTexture != nullptr); // Create texture view D3D11_SHADER_RESOURCE_VIEW_DESC srvDesc; @@ -416,9 +417,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() }"; ID3DBlob* vertexShaderBlob; - if (FAILED(D3DCompile(vertexShader, strlen(vertexShader), NULL, NULL, NULL, "main", "vs_4_0", 0, 0, &vertexShaderBlob, NULL))) + if (FAILED(D3DCompile(vertexShader, strlen(vertexShader), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, "main", "vs_4_0", 0, 0, &vertexShaderBlob, nullptr))) return false; // NB: Pass ID3DBlob* pErrorBlob to D3DCompile() to get error showing in (const char*)pErrorBlob->GetBufferPointer(). Make sure to Release() the blob! - if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateVertexShader(vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), NULL, &bd->pVertexShader) != S_OK) + if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateVertexShader(vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), nullptr, &bd->pVertexShader) != S_OK) { vertexShaderBlob->Release(); return false; @@ -446,7 +447,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_CONSTANT_BUFFER; desc.CPUAccessFlags = D3D11_CPU_ACCESS_WRITE; desc.MiscFlags = 0; - bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, NULL, &bd->pVertexConstantBuffer); + bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, nullptr, &bd->pVertexConstantBuffer); } } @@ -469,9 +470,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() }"; ID3DBlob* pixelShaderBlob; - if (FAILED(D3DCompile(pixelShader, strlen(pixelShader), NULL, NULL, NULL, "main", "ps_4_0", 0, 0, &pixelShaderBlob, NULL))) + if (FAILED(D3DCompile(pixelShader, strlen(pixelShader), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, "main", "ps_4_0", 0, 0, &pixelShaderBlob, nullptr))) return false; // NB: Pass ID3DBlob* pErrorBlob to D3DCompile() to get error showing in (const char*)pErrorBlob->GetBufferPointer(). Make sure to Release() the blob! - if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreatePixelShader(pixelShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), pixelShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), NULL, &bd->pPixelShader) != S_OK) + if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreatePixelShader(pixelShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), pixelShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), nullptr, &bd->pPixelShader) != S_OK) { pixelShaderBlob->Release(); return false; @@ -531,23 +532,23 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects() if (!bd->pd3dDevice) return; - if (bd->pFontSampler) { bd->pFontSampler->Release(); bd->pFontSampler = NULL; } - if (bd->pFontTextureView) { bd->pFontTextureView->Release(); bd->pFontTextureView = NULL; ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->SetTexID(NULL); } // We copied data->pFontTextureView to io.Fonts->TexID so let's clear that as well. - if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = NULL; } - if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = NULL; } - if (bd->pBlendState) { bd->pBlendState->Release(); bd->pBlendState = NULL; } - if (bd->pDepthStencilState) { bd->pDepthStencilState->Release(); bd->pDepthStencilState = NULL; } - if (bd->pRasterizerState) { bd->pRasterizerState->Release(); bd->pRasterizerState = NULL; } - if (bd->pPixelShader) { bd->pPixelShader->Release(); bd->pPixelShader = NULL; } - if (bd->pVertexConstantBuffer) { bd->pVertexConstantBuffer->Release(); bd->pVertexConstantBuffer = NULL; } - if (bd->pInputLayout) { bd->pInputLayout->Release(); bd->pInputLayout = NULL; } - if (bd->pVertexShader) { bd->pVertexShader->Release(); bd->pVertexShader = NULL; } + if (bd->pFontSampler) { bd->pFontSampler->Release(); bd->pFontSampler = nullptr; } + if (bd->pFontTextureView) { bd->pFontTextureView->Release(); bd->pFontTextureView = nullptr; ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->SetTexID(0); } // We copied data->pFontTextureView to io.Fonts->TexID so let's clear that as well. + if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = nullptr; } + if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = nullptr; } + if (bd->pBlendState) { bd->pBlendState->Release(); bd->pBlendState = nullptr; } + if (bd->pDepthStencilState) { bd->pDepthStencilState->Release(); bd->pDepthStencilState = nullptr; } + if (bd->pRasterizerState) { bd->pRasterizerState->Release(); bd->pRasterizerState = nullptr; } + if (bd->pPixelShader) { bd->pPixelShader->Release(); bd->pPixelShader = nullptr; } + if (bd->pVertexConstantBuffer) { bd->pVertexConstantBuffer->Release(); bd->pVertexConstantBuffer = nullptr; } + if (bd->pInputLayout) { bd->pInputLayout->Release(); bd->pInputLayout = nullptr; } + if (bd->pVertexShader) { bd->pVertexShader->Release(); bd->pVertexShader = nullptr; } } bool ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_context) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); // Setup backend capabilities flags ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX11_Data)(); @@ -557,9 +558,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_co io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports; // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional) // Get factory from device - IDXGIDevice* pDXGIDevice = NULL; - IDXGIAdapter* pDXGIAdapter = NULL; - IDXGIFactory* pFactory = NULL; + IDXGIDevice* pDXGIDevice = nullptr; + IDXGIAdapter* pDXGIAdapter = nullptr; + IDXGIFactory* pFactory = nullptr; if (device->QueryInterface(IID_PPV_ARGS(&pDXGIDevice)) == S_OK) if (pDXGIDevice->GetParent(IID_PPV_ARGS(&pDXGIAdapter)) == S_OK) @@ -583,7 +584,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_co void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplDX11_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); @@ -591,15 +592,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown() if (bd->pFactory) { bd->pFactory->Release(); } if (bd->pd3dDevice) { bd->pd3dDevice->Release(); } if (bd->pd3dDeviceContext) { bd->pd3dDeviceContext->Release(); } - io.BackendRendererName = NULL; - io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL; + io.BackendRendererName = nullptr; + io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); IM_DELETE(bd); } void ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame() { ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX11_Init()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX11_Init()?"); if (!bd->pFontSampler) ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects(); @@ -611,14 +613,14 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame() // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData { IDXGISwapChain* SwapChain; ID3D11RenderTargetView* RTView; - ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData() { SwapChain = NULL; RTView = NULL; } - ~ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(SwapChain == NULL && RTView == NULL); } + ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData() { SwapChain = nullptr; RTView = nullptr; } + ~ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(SwapChain == nullptr && RTView == nullptr); } }; static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -628,7 +630,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) viewport->RendererUserData = vd; // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*). - // Some backend will leave PlatformHandleRaw NULL, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. + // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0); @@ -647,7 +649,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) sd.SwapEffect = DXGI_SWAP_EFFECT_DISCARD; sd.Flags = 0; - IM_ASSERT(vd->SwapChain == NULL && vd->RTView == NULL); + IM_ASSERT(vd->SwapChain == nullptr && vd->RTView == nullptr); bd->pFactory->CreateSwapChain(bd->pd3dDevice, &sd, &vd->SwapChain); // Create the render target @@ -655,25 +657,25 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer; vd->SwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer)); - bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, NULL, &vd->RTView); + bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, nullptr, &vd->RTView); pBackBuffer->Release(); } } static void ImGui_ImplDX11_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - // The main viewport (owned by the application) will always have RendererUserData == NULL since we didn't create the data for it. + // The main viewport (owned by the application) will always have RendererUserData == nullptr since we didn't create the data for it. if (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData) { if (vd->SwapChain) vd->SwapChain->Release(); - vd->SwapChain = NULL; + vd->SwapChain = nullptr; if (vd->RTView) vd->RTView->Release(); - vd->RTView = NULL; + vd->RTView = nullptr; IM_DELETE(vd); } - viewport->RendererUserData = NULL; + viewport->RendererUserData = nullptr; } static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) @@ -683,15 +685,15 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) if (vd->RTView) { vd->RTView->Release(); - vd->RTView = NULL; + vd->RTView = nullptr; } if (vd->SwapChain) { - ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer = NULL; + ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer = nullptr; vd->SwapChain->ResizeBuffers(0, (UINT)size.x, (UINT)size.y, DXGI_FORMAT_UNKNOWN, 0); vd->SwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer)); - if (pBackBuffer == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize() failed creating buffers.\n"); return; } - bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, NULL, &vd->RTView); + if (pBackBuffer == nullptr) { fprintf(stderr, "ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize() failed creating buffers.\n"); return; } + bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, nullptr, &vd->RTView); pBackBuffer->Release(); } } @@ -701,7 +703,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData; ImVec4 clear_color = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - bd->pd3dDeviceContext->OMSetRenderTargets(1, &vd->RTView, NULL); + bd->pd3dDeviceContext->OMSetRenderTargets(1, &vd->RTView, nullptr); if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear)) bd->pd3dDeviceContext->ClearRenderTargetView(vd->RTView, (float*)&clear_color); ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(viewport->DrawData); diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h index 8e2aa68..cee486f 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. +// [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp index e996fa6..9dcdc2b 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..) // (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) -// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+. Prefer GLFW 3.3+ for full feature support.) +// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+. Prefer GLFW 3.3+ or GLFW 3.4+ for full feature support.) // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only). // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). @@ -20,11 +21,22 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702) +// 2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034) +// 2023-03-14: Emscripten: Avoid using glfwGetError() and glfwGetGamepadState() which are not correctly implemented in Emscripten emulation. (#6240) +// 2023-02-03: Emscripten: Registering custom low-level mouse wheel handler to get more accurate scrolling impulses on Emscripten. (#4019, #6096) +// 2023-01-18: Handle unsupported glfwGetVideoMode() call on e.g. Emscripten. +// 2023-01-04: Inputs: Fixed mods state on Linux when using Alt-GR text input (e.g. German keyboard layout), could lead to broken text input. Revert a 2022/01/17 change were we resumed using mods provided by GLFW, turns out they were faulty. +// 2022-11-22: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing names with glfwGetKeyName(). (#5908) +// 2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785) +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. +// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). +// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position. // 2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. // 2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. // 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend. -// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. +// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. // 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. // 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). // 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. @@ -64,9 +76,6 @@ #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" -#endif #endif // GLFW @@ -82,27 +91,35 @@ #include // for glfwGetCocoaWindow() #endif -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_TOPMOST (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ GLFW_FLOATING -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_HOVERED -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwSetWindowOpacity -#define GLFW_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorContentScale -#define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwCreateWindowSurface -#define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_WINDOW (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwFocusWindow -#define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_ON_SHOW (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_FOCUS_ON_SHOW -#define GLFW_HAS_MONITOR_WORK_AREA (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorWorkarea -#define GLFW_HAS_OSX_WINDOW_POS_FIX (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION * 10 >= 3310) // 3.3.1+ Fixed: Resizing window repositions it on MacOS #1553 -#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released? -#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#include +#include +#endif + +// We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent. +#define GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION) +#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_TOPMOST (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ GLFW_FLOATING +#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_HOVERED +#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwSetWindowOpacity +#define GLFW_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorContentScale +#define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwCreateWindowSurface +#define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_WINDOW (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwFocusWindow +#define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_ON_SHOW (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_FOCUS_ON_SHOW +#define GLFW_HAS_MONITOR_WORK_AREA (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorWorkarea +#define GLFW_HAS_OSX_WINDOW_POS_FIX (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3301) // 3.3.1+ Fixed: Resizing window repositions it on MacOS #1553 +#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released? +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR #else -#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (0) +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (0) #endif -#ifdef GLFW_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2020-07-17 (passthrough) -#define GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH +#ifdef GLFW_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2020-07-17 (passthrough) +#define GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH #else -#define GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH (0) +#define GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH (0) #endif -#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api -#define GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName() +#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api +#define GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName() +#define GLFW_HAS_GETERROR (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetError() // GLFW data enum GlfwClientApi @@ -122,6 +139,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; GLFWwindow* KeyOwnerWindows[GLFW_KEY_LAST]; bool InstalledCallbacks; + bool CallbacksChainForAllWindows; bool WantUpdateMonitors; // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. @@ -133,6 +151,9 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data GLFWkeyfun PrevUserCallbackKey; GLFWcharfun PrevUserCallbackChar; GLFWmonitorfun PrevUserCallbackMonitor; +#ifdef _WIN32 + WNDPROC GlfwWndProc; +#endif ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; @@ -146,7 +167,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data // FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData() { - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL; + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; } // Forward Declarations @@ -278,35 +299,30 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key) } } -static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(int key) +// X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags submitted by GLFW +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6034 and https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630 +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(GLFWwindow* window) { - if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) - return GLFW_MOD_CONTROL; - if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT) - return GLFW_MOD_SHIFT; - if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT) - return GLFW_MOD_ALT; - if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER) - return GLFW_MOD_SUPER; - return 0; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT) == GLFW_PRESS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT) == GLFW_PRESS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER) == GLFW_PRESS)); } -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(int mods) +static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(GLFWwindow* window) { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, (mods & GLFW_MOD_CONTROL) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SHIFT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, (mods & GLFW_MOD_ALT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SUPER) != 0); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + return bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows ? true : (window == bd->Window); } void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT) @@ -316,16 +332,21 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int acti void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + // Ignore GLFW events: will be processed in ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(). + return; +#endif + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset); } static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) { -#if GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult. // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently) // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details. @@ -333,7 +354,12 @@ static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases. if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL) return key; + GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr); const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode); + glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); +#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908) + (void)glfwGetError(nullptr); +#endif if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0) { const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./"; @@ -354,19 +380,16 @@ static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods); if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE) return; - // Workaround: X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags. https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630 - if (int keycode_to_mod = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(keycode)) - mods = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? (mods | keycode_to_mod) : (mods & ~keycode_to_mod); - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window); if (keycode >= 0 && keycode < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->KeyOwnerWindows)) - bd->KeyOwnerWindows[keycode] = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? window : NULL; + bd->KeyOwnerWindows[keycode] = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? window : nullptr; keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode); @@ -379,7 +402,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, i void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -389,8 +412,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) @@ -409,8 +434,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (entered) @@ -421,7 +448,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window) { bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos; - bd->MouseWindow = NULL; + bd->MouseWindow = nullptr; io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); } } @@ -429,7 +456,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != NULL && window == bd->Window) + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -442,6 +469,69 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int) bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; } +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(int, const EmscriptenWheelEvent* ev, void*) +{ + // Mimic Emscripten_HandleWheel() in SDL. + // Corresponding equivalent in GLFW JS emulation layer has incorrect quantizing preventing small values. See #6096 + float multiplier = 0.0f; + if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PIXEL) { multiplier = 1.0f / 100.0f; } // 100 pixels make up a step. + else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_LINE) { multiplier = 1.0f / 3.0f; } // 3 lines make up a step. + else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PAGE) { multiplier = 80.0f; } // A page makes up 80 steps. + float wheel_x = ev->deltaX * -multiplier; + float wheel_y = ev->deltaY * -multiplier; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Emsc] mode %d dx: %.2f, dy: %.2f, dz: %.2f --> feed %.2f %.2f\n", (int)ev->deltaMode, ev->deltaX, ev->deltaY, ev->deltaZ, wheel_x, wheel_y); + return EM_TRUE; +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +// GLFW doesn't allow to distinguish Mouse vs TouchScreen vs Pen. +// Add support for Win32 (based on imgui_impl_win32), because we rely on _TouchScreen info to trickle inputs differently. +static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo() +{ + LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo(); + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700) + return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen; + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780) + return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen; + return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; +} +static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + switch (msg) + { + case WM_MOUSEMOVE: case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE: + case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_LBUTTONUP: + case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONUP: + case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONUP: + case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONUP: + ImGui::GetIO().AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()); + break; + + // We have submitted https://github.com/glfw/glfw/pull/1568 to allow GLFW to support "transparent inputs". + // In the meanwhile we implement custom per-platform workarounds here (FIXME-VIEWPORT: Implement same work-around for Linux/OSX!) +#if !GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH && GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED + case WM_NCHITTEST: + { + // Let mouse pass-through the window. This will allow the backend to call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() properly (which is OPTIONAL). + // The ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is set while dragging a viewport, as want to detect the window behind the one we are dragging. + // If you cannot easily access those viewport flags from your windowing/event code: you may manually synchronize its state e.g. in + // your main loop after calling UpdatePlatformWindows(). Iterate all viewports/platform windows and pass the flag to your windowing system. + ImGuiViewport* viewport = (ImGuiViewport*)::GetPropA(hWnd, "IMGUI_VIEWPORT"); + if (viewport && (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs)) + return HTTRANSPARENT; + break; + } +#endif + } + return ::CallWindowProc(bd->GlfwWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); +} +#endif + void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); @@ -474,20 +564,31 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar); glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor); bd->InstalledCallbacks = false; - bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; - bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = nullptr; +} + +// Set to 'true' to enable chaining installed callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user. +// This is 'false' by default meaning we only chain callbacks for the main viewport. +// We cannot set this to 'true' by default because user callbacks code may be not testing the 'window' parameter of their callback. +// If you set this to 'true' your user callback code will need to make sure you are testing the 'window' parameter. +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows = chain_for_all_windows; } static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED); // Setup backend capabilities flags ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)(); @@ -495,7 +596,9 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw"; io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) +#ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__ io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports; // We can create multi-viewports on the Platform side (optional) +#endif #if GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH || (GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED && defined(_WIN32)) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; // We can call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with correct data (optional) #endif @@ -511,8 +614,8 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw // Create mouse cursors // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist, // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting. - // Missing cursors will return NULL and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.) - GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(NULL); + // Missing cursors will return nullptr and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.) + GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR); @@ -530,26 +633,44 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); #endif glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); +#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908) + (void)glfwGetError(nullptr); +#endif // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. if (install_callbacks) ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window); + // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096) + // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves. + // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback? +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback); +#endif // Update monitors the first time (note: monitor callback are broken in GLFW 3.2 and earlier, see github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/784) ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors(); glfwSetMonitorCallback(ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback); - // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport + // Set platform dependent data in viewport ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)bd->Window; #ifdef _WIN32 main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window); #elif defined(__APPLE__) main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetCocoaWindow(bd->Window); +#else + IM_UNUSED(main_viewport); #endif if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitPlatformInterface(); + // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages. +#ifdef _WIN32 + bd->GlfwWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC); + IM_ASSERT(bd->GlfwWndProc != nullptr); + ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc); +#endif + bd->ClientApi = client_api; return true; } @@ -572,7 +693,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); @@ -583,8 +704,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); - io.BackendPlatformName = NULL; - io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL; + // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages. +#ifdef _WIN32 + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->GlfwWndProc); + bd->GlfwWndProc = nullptr; +#endif + + io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad | ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -594,6 +723,12 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + if (glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + { + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + return; + } + ImGuiID mouse_viewport_id = 0; const ImVec2 mouse_pos_prev = io.MousePos; for (int n = 0; n < platform_io.Viewports.Size; n++) @@ -614,7 +749,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() glfwSetCursorPos(window, (double)(mouse_pos_prev.x - viewport->Pos.x), (double)(mouse_pos_prev.y - viewport->Pos.y)); // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (bd->MouseWindow == NULL) + if (bd->MouseWindow == nullptr) { double mouse_x, mouse_y; glfwGetCursorPos(window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y); @@ -690,11 +825,11 @@ static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0 static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. return; io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; -#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API +#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) GLFWgamepadstate gamepad; if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad)) return; @@ -712,10 +847,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START, 7); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK, 6); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A, 0); // Xbox A, PS Cross - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B, 1); // Xbox B, PS Circle MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X, 2); // Xbox X, PS Square + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B, 1); // Xbox B, PS Circle MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y, 3); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A, 0); // Xbox A, PS Cross MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, 13); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, 11); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, 10); @@ -745,12 +880,15 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors() int monitors_count = 0; GLFWmonitor** glfw_monitors = glfwGetMonitors(&monitors_count); platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); + bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; for (int n = 0; n < monitors_count; n++) { ImGuiPlatformMonitor monitor; int x, y; glfwGetMonitorPos(glfw_monitors[n], &x, &y); const GLFWvidmode* vid_mode = glfwGetVideoMode(glfw_monitors[n]); + if (vid_mode == nullptr) + continue; // Failed to get Video mode (e.g. Emscripten does not support this function) monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)x, (float)y); monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)vid_mode->width, (float)vid_mode->height); #if GLFW_HAS_MONITOR_WORK_AREA @@ -768,16 +906,16 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors() glfwGetMonitorContentScale(glfw_monitors[n], &x_scale, &y_scale); monitor.DpiScale = x_scale; #endif + monitor.PlatformHandle = (void*)glfw_monitors[n]; // [...] GLFW doc states: "guaranteed to be valid only until the monitor configuration changes" platform_io.Monitors.push_back(monitor); } - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; } void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?"); // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) int w, h; @@ -808,7 +946,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData { GLFWwindow* Window; @@ -816,8 +954,8 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData int IgnoreWindowPosEventFrame; int IgnoreWindowSizeEventFrame; - ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData() { Window = NULL; WindowOwned = false; IgnoreWindowSizeEventFrame = IgnoreWindowPosEventFrame = -1; } - ~ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == NULL); } + ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData() { Window = nullptr; WindowOwned = false; IgnoreWindowSizeEventFrame = IgnoreWindowPosEventFrame = -1; } + ~ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr); } }; static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowCloseCallback(GLFWwindow* window) @@ -879,8 +1017,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) #if GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_TOPMOST glfwWindowHint(GLFW_FLOATING, (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? true : false); #endif - GLFWwindow* share_window = (bd->ClientApi == GlfwClientApi_OpenGL) ? bd->Window : NULL; - vd->Window = glfwCreateWindow((int)viewport->Size.x, (int)viewport->Size.y, "No Title Yet", NULL, share_window); + GLFWwindow* share_window = (bd->ClientApi == GlfwClientApi_OpenGL) ? bd->Window : nullptr; + vd->Window = glfwCreateWindow((int)viewport->Size.x, (int)viewport->Size.y, "No Title Yet", nullptr, share_window); vd->WindowOwned = true; viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)vd->Window; #ifdef _WIN32 @@ -928,31 +1066,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) glfwDestroyWindow(vd->Window); } - vd->Window = NULL; + vd->Window = nullptr; IM_DELETE(vd); } - viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = NULL; -} - -// We have submitted https://github.com/glfw/glfw/pull/1568 to allow GLFW to support "transparent inputs". -// In the meanwhile we implement custom per-platform workarounds here (FIXME-VIEWPORT: Implement same work-around for Linux/OSX!) -#if !GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH && GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED && defined(_WIN32) -static WNDPROC g_GlfwWndProc = NULL; -static LRESULT CALLBACK WndProcNoInputs(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) -{ - if (msg == WM_NCHITTEST) - { - // Let mouse pass-through the window. This will allow the backend to call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() properly (which is OPTIONAL). - // The ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is set while dragging a viewport, as want to detect the window behind the one we are dragging. - // If you cannot easily access those viewport flags from your windowing/event code: you may manually synchronize its state e.g. in - // your main loop after calling UpdatePlatformWindows(). Iterate all viewports/platform windows and pass the flag to your windowing system. - ImGuiViewport* viewport = (ImGuiViewport*)::GetPropA(hWnd, "IMGUI_VIEWPORT"); - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) - return HTTRANSPARENT; - } - return ::CallWindowProc(g_GlfwWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); + viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = nullptr; } -#endif static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { @@ -971,10 +1089,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) // GLFW hack: install hook for WM_NCHITTEST message handler #if !GLFW_HAS_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH && GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED && defined(_WIN32) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); ::SetPropA(hwnd, "IMGUI_VIEWPORT", viewport); - if (g_GlfwWndProc == NULL) - g_GlfwWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC); - ::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)WndProcNoInputs); + IM_ASSERT(bd->GlfwWndProc == (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC)); + ::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc); #endif #if !GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_ON_SHOW diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h index b96f3ee..2e3b8bf 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only). // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [x] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). @@ -18,10 +19,6 @@ // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs -// About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter defaults to "#version 150" if NULL. -// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. Keep NULL if unsure! - #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API @@ -34,13 +31,17 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool ins IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); -// GLFW callbacks (installer) +// GLFW callbacks install // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); -// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call if you didn't install callbacks) +// GFLW callbacks options: +// - Set 'chain_for_all_windows=true' to enable chaining callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user) +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows); + +// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call yourself if you didn't install callbacks) IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused); // Since 1.84 IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered); // Since 1.84 IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y); // Since 1.87 diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index b7587d0..bab3926 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! +// [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -15,9 +15,16 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333) +// 2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224) +// 2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530) +// 2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224) +// 2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes). +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. +// 2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'. // 2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127). -// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. +// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fixed state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. // 2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers. // 2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions. // 2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader. @@ -58,7 +65,7 @@ // 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples. // 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. // 2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state. -// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer. +// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer. // 2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150". // 2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context. // 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself. @@ -103,14 +110,20 @@ #include #endif -// Clang warnings with -Weverything +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) #endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) #endif // GL includes @@ -180,11 +193,22 @@ #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS #endif +// [Debugging] +//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG +#include +#define GL_CALL(_CALL) do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0) // Call with error check +#else +#define GL_CALL(_CALL) _CALL // Call without error check +#endif + // OpenGL Data struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data { GLuint GlVersion; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) char GlslVersionString[32]; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. + bool GlProfileIsCompat; + GLint GlProfileMask; GLuint FontTexture; GLuint ShaderHandle; GLint AttribLocationTex; // Uniforms location @@ -205,7 +229,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data // It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData() { - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; } // Forward Declarations @@ -240,7 +264,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); // Initialize our loader #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) @@ -269,18 +293,28 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); } bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); +#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) + glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask); + bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0; +#endif + bd->UseBufferSubData = false; + /* // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge #ifdef _WIN32 if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR)) if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0) bd->UseBufferSubData = true; #endif - //printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] + */ #else bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG + printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] +#endif + #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. @@ -288,8 +322,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports; // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional) // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders. - // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure. - if (glsl_version == NULL) + // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure. + if (glsl_version == nullptr) { #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) glsl_version = "#version 100"; @@ -318,7 +352,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++) { const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i); - if (extension != NULL && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0) + if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0) bd->HasClipOrigin = true; } #endif @@ -332,20 +366,21 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); - io.BackendRendererName = NULL; - io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL; + io.BackendRendererName = nullptr; + io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); IM_DELETE(bd); } void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() { ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?"); if (!bd->ShaderHandle) ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); @@ -384,7 +419,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps. - glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); + GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height)); float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x; float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x; float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y; @@ -414,14 +449,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid #endif // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert - glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle); - glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); - glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); - glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); - glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); + GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle)); + GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor)); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); } // OpenGL3 Render function. @@ -481,7 +516,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound. GLuint vertex_array_object = 0; #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY - glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); + GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); @@ -495,9 +530,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; // Upload vertex/index buffers - // - On Intel windows drivers we got reports that regular glBufferData() led to accumulating leaks when using multi-viewports, so we started using orphaning + glBufferSubData(). (See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468) - // - On NVIDIA drivers we got reports that using orphaning + glBufferSubData() led to glitches when using multi-viewports. - // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state in 2022, for now we are switching code path based on vendors. + // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays.... + // During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports + // of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows. + // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel. + // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code. + // We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path. + // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues. const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert); const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx); if (bd->UseBufferSubData) @@ -505,26 +544,26 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size) { bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size; - glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); } if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size) { bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size; - glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); } - glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data); - glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data); + GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data)); + GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data)); } else { - glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); - glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); } for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL) + if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr) { // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) @@ -542,27 +581,28 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) continue; // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL) - glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)); + GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y))); // Bind texture, Draw - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()); + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID())); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) - glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset); + GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset)); else #endif - glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))); + GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)))); } } } // Destroy the temporary VAO #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY - glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); + GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif // Restore modified GL state - glUseProgram(last_program); + // This "glIsProgram()" check is required because if the program is "pending deletion" at the time of binding backup, it will have been deleted by now and will cause an OpenGL error. See #6220. + if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) @@ -591,8 +631,18 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) #endif #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); -#endif + // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons + if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat) + { + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); + glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); + } + else + { + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); + } +#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE + glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this @@ -611,21 +661,21 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() // Upload texture to graphics system // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling) GLint last_texture; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture)); + GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture)); + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture)); + GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR)); + GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR)); #ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES - glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); + GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0)); #endif - glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); + GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels)); // Store our identifier io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture); // Restore state - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture)); return true; } @@ -655,7 +705,7 @@ static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc) { ImVector buf; buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); } return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; @@ -674,7 +724,7 @@ static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc) { ImVector buf; buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); } return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; @@ -798,8 +848,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() "}\n"; // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions - const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL; - const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL; + const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr; + const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr; if (glsl_version < 130) { vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120; @@ -824,13 +874,13 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create shaders const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader }; GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); - glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL); + glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr); glCompileShader(vert_handle); CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader"); const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader }; GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); - glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL); + glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr); glCompileShader(frag_handle); CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader"); @@ -905,6 +955,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface() ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h index 81722bd..ea0b851 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! +// [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs // About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be NULL (default) or a "#version XXX" string. +// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string. // On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es" // Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API // Backend API -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = NULL); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index bc5e979..d24c655 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32 and 64 bits applications) +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32-bits AND 64-bits applications) // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. @@ -35,8 +36,15 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. -// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. +// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-04-19: Added ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL() to facilitate combining raw Win32/Winapi with OpenGL. (#3218) +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. (#2702) +// 2023-02-15: Inputs: Use WM_NCMOUSEMOVE / WM_NCMOUSELEAVE to track mouse position over non-client area (e.g. OS decorations) when app is not focused. (#6045, #6162) +// 2023-02-02: Inputs: Flipping WM_MOUSEHWHEEL (horizontal mouse-wheel) value to match other backends and offer consistent horizontal scrolling direction. (#4019, #6096, #1463) +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. +// 2022-09-28: Inputs: Convert WM_CHAR values with MultiByteToWideChar() when window class was registered as MBCS (not Unicode). +// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). +// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. // 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. // 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). // 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before a key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. @@ -76,10 +84,10 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); // 2018-01-05: Inputs: Added WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK double-click handlers for window classes with the CS_DBLCLKS flag. // 2017-10-23: Inputs: Added WM_SYSKEYDOWN / WM_SYSKEYUP handlers so e.g. the VK_MENU key can be read. // 2017-10-23: Inputs: Using Win32 ::SetCapture/::GetCapture() to retrieve mouse positions outside the client area when dragging. -// 2016-11-12: Inputs: Only call Win32 ::SetCursor(NULL) when io.MouseDrawCursor is set. +// 2016-11-12: Inputs: Only call Win32 ::SetCursor(nullptr) when io.MouseDrawCursor is set. // Forward Declarations -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(); +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(bool platformHasOwnDC); static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors(); @@ -87,17 +95,16 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data { HWND hWnd; HWND MouseHwnd; - bool MouseTracked; + int MouseTrackedArea; // 0: not tracked, 1: client are, 2: non-client area int MouseButtonsDown; INT64 Time; INT64 TicksPerSecond; ImGuiMouseCursor LastMouseCursor; - bool HasGamepad; - bool WantUpdateHasGamepad; bool WantUpdateMonitors; #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD - int GamepadID; // @SAMPLE_EDIT Keeping track of which gamepad to use + bool HasGamepad; + bool WantUpdateHasGamepad; HMODULE XInputDLL; PFN_XInputGetCapabilities XInputGetCapabilities; PFN_XInputGetState XInputGetState; @@ -112,14 +119,14 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data // FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. static ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData() { - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplWin32_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL; + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplWin32_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; } // Functions -bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); INT64 perf_frequency, perf_counter; if (!::QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER*)&perf_frequency)) @@ -137,7 +144,6 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; // We can call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with correct data (optional) bd->hWnd = (HWND)hwnd; - bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad = true; bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; bd->TicksPerSecond = perf_frequency; bd->Time = perf_counter; @@ -147,10 +153,11 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); main_viewport->PlatformHandle = main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)bd->hWnd; if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) - ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(platform_has_own_dc); // Dynamically load XInput library #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD + bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad = true; const char* xinput_dll_names[] = { "xinput1_4.dll", // Windows 8+ @@ -172,10 +179,21 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) return true; } +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +{ + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, false); +} + +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd) +{ + // OpenGL needs CS_OWNDC + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, true); +} + void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); @@ -186,8 +204,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() ::FreeLibrary(bd->XInputDLL); #endif // IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD - io.BackendPlatformName = NULL; - io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL; + io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad | ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -201,7 +220,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseCursor() if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor) { // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - ::SetCursor(NULL); + ::SetCursor(nullptr); } else { @@ -219,7 +238,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseCursor() case ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand: win32_cursor = IDC_HAND; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed: win32_cursor = IDC_NO; break; } - ::SetCursor(::LoadCursor(NULL, win32_cursor)); + ::SetCursor(::LoadCursor(nullptr, win32_cursor)); } return true; } @@ -255,10 +274,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ProcessKeyEventsWorkarounds() static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, IsVkDown(VK_CONTROL)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, IsVkDown(VK_SHIFT)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, IsVkDown(VK_MENU)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, IsVkDown(VK_APPS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, IsVkDown(VK_CONTROL)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, IsVkDown(VK_SHIFT)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, IsVkDown(VK_MENU)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_APPS)); } // This code supports multi-viewports (multiple OS Windows mapped into different Dear ImGui viewports) @@ -287,7 +306,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseData() } // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (WM_MOUSEMOVE already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (!io.WantSetMousePos && !bd->MouseTracked && has_mouse_screen_pos) + // This also fills a short gap when clicking non-client area: WM_NCMOUSELEAVE -> modal OS move -> gap -> WM_NCMOUSEMOVE + if (!io.WantSetMousePos && bd->MouseTrackedArea == 0 && has_mouse_screen_pos) { // Single viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) // (This is the position you can get with ::GetCursorPos() + ::ScreenToClient() or WM_MOUSEMOVE.) @@ -321,36 +341,22 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads() #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) - return; + //if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. + // return; // Calling XInputGetState() every frame on disconnected gamepads is unfortunately too slow. // Instead we refresh gamepad availability by calling XInputGetCapabilities() _only_ after receiving WM_DEVICECHANGE. if (bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad) { -#if 1 // @SAMPLE_EDIT Trying to only read gamepad 0 doesn't always work. Iterate until a valid one is found - bd->GamepadID = -1; - for (DWORD i=0; bd->XInputGetCapabilities && i< XUSER_MAX_COUNT && bd->GamepadID == -1; i++ ) - { - XINPUT_CAPABILITIES caps = {}; - auto dwResult = bd->XInputGetCapabilities( i, XINPUT_FLAG_GAMEPAD, &caps ); - if( dwResult == ERROR_SUCCESS ){ - bd->GamepadID = static_cast(i); - } - } - bd->HasGamepad = bd->GamepadID != -1; - bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad = false; -#else XINPUT_CAPABILITIES caps = {}; bd->HasGamepad = bd->XInputGetCapabilities ? (bd->XInputGetCapabilities(0, XINPUT_FLAG_GAMEPAD, &caps) == ERROR_SUCCESS) : false; bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad = false; -#endif } io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; XINPUT_STATE xinput_state; XINPUT_GAMEPAD& gamepad = xinput_state.Gamepad; - if (!bd->HasGamepad || bd->XInputGetState == NULL || bd->XInputGetState(bd->GamepadID, &xinput_state) != ERROR_SUCCESS) // @SAMPLE_EDIT Using 'GamepadID' instead of '0' + if (!bd->HasGamepad || bd->XInputGetState == nullptr || bd->XInputGetState(0, &xinput_state) != ERROR_SUCCESS) return; io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; @@ -359,10 +365,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads() #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, VALUE, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(VALUE - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.10f, IM_SATURATE(vn)); } MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_START); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_BACK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_A); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_B); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_X); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_B); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_Y); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_A); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_LEFT); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_RIGHT); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_UP); @@ -398,6 +404,7 @@ static BOOL CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors_EnumFunc(HMONITOR monitor, H imgui_monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)info.rcWork.left, (float)info.rcWork.top); imgui_monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)(info.rcWork.right - info.rcWork.left), (float)(info.rcWork.bottom - info.rcWork.top)); imgui_monitor.DpiScale = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(monitor); + imgui_monitor.PlatformHandle = (void*)monitor; ImGuiPlatformIO& io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); if (info.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY) io.Monitors.push_front(imgui_monitor); @@ -410,7 +417,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors() { ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); ImGui::GetPlatformIO().Monitors.resize(0); - ::EnumDisplayMonitors(NULL, NULL, ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors_EnumFunc, 0); + ::EnumDisplayMonitors(nullptr, nullptr, ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors_EnumFunc, 0); bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; } @@ -418,7 +425,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) RECT rect = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; @@ -587,9 +594,22 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) // Copy this line into your .cpp file to forward declare the function. extern IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); #endif + +// See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/tablet/system-events-and-mouse-messages +// Prefer to call this at the top of the message handler to avoid the possibility of other Win32 calls interfering with this. +static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo() +{ + LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo(); + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700) + return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen; + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780) + return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen; + return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; +} + IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { - if (ImGui::GetCurrentContext() == NULL) + if (ImGui::GetCurrentContext() == nullptr) return 0; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -598,40 +618,59 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA switch (msg) { case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE: { // We need to call TrackMouseEvent in order to receive WM_MOUSELEAVE events + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE) ? 1 : 2; bd->MouseHwnd = hwnd; - if (!bd->MouseTracked) + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != area) { - TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme = { sizeof(tme), TME_LEAVE, hwnd, 0 }; - ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme); - bd->MouseTracked = true; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_cancel = { sizeof(tme_cancel), TME_CANCEL, hwnd, 0 }; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_track = { sizeof(tme_track), (DWORD)((area == 2) ? (TME_LEAVE | TME_NONCLIENT) : TME_LEAVE), hwnd, 0 }; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != 0) + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_cancel); + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_track); + bd->MouseTrackedArea = area; } POINT mouse_pos = { (LONG)GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), (LONG)GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam) }; - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + bool want_absolute_pos = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0; + if (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && want_absolute_pos) // WM_MOUSEMOVE are client-relative coordinates. ::ClientToScreen(hwnd, &mouse_pos); + if (msg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE && !want_absolute_pos) // WM_NCMOUSEMOVE are absolute coordinates. + ::ScreenToClient(hwnd, &mouse_pos); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_pos.x, (float)mouse_pos.y); break; } case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) - bd->MouseHwnd = NULL; - bd->MouseTracked = false; - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE: + { + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSELEAVE) ? 1 : 2; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea == area) + { + if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) + bd->MouseHwnd = nullptr; + bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } break; + } case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 1; } if (msg == WM_MBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 2; } if (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = (GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(wParam) == XBUTTON1) ? 3 : 4; } - if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == NULL) + if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == nullptr) ::SetCapture(hwnd); bd->MouseButtonsDown |= 1 << button; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, true); return 0; } @@ -640,6 +679,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_MBUTTONUP: case WM_XBUTTONUP: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONUP) { button = 1; } @@ -648,6 +688,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA bd->MouseButtonsDown &= ~(1 << button); if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == hwnd) ::ReleaseCapture(); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, false); return 0; } @@ -655,7 +696,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA io.AddMouseWheelEvent(0.0f, (float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA); return 0; case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: - io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(-(float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); return 0; case WM_KEYDOWN: case WM_KEYUP: @@ -705,9 +746,18 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA io.AddFocusEvent(msg == WM_SETFOCUS); return 0; case WM_CHAR: - // You can also use ToAscii()+GetKeyboardState() to retrieve characters. - if (wParam > 0 && wParam < 0x10000) - io.AddInputCharacterUTF16((unsigned short)wParam); + if (::IsWindowUnicode(hwnd)) + { + // You can also use ToAscii()+GetKeyboardState() to retrieve characters. + if (wParam > 0 && wParam < 0x10000) + io.AddInputCharacterUTF16((unsigned short)wParam); + } + else + { + wchar_t wch = 0; + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); + io.AddInputCharacter(wch); + } return 0; case WM_SETCURSOR: // This is required to restore cursor when transitioning from e.g resize borders to client area. @@ -715,8 +765,10 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA return 1; return 0; case WM_DEVICECHANGE: +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD if ((UINT)wParam == DBT_DEVNODES_CHANGED) bd->WantUpdateHasGamepad = true; +#endif return 0; case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; @@ -745,11 +797,11 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA static BOOL _IsWindowsVersionOrGreater(WORD major, WORD minor, WORD) { typedef LONG(WINAPI* PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo)(OSVERSIONINFOEXW*, ULONG, ULONGLONG); - static PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = NULL; - if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == NULL) + static PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = nullptr; + if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == nullptr) if (HMODULE ntdllModule = ::GetModuleHandleA("ntdll.dll")) RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = (PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo)GetProcAddress(ntdllModule, "RtlVerifyVersionInfo"); - if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == NULL) + if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == nullptr) return FALSE; RTL_OSVERSIONINFOEXW versionInfo = { }; @@ -822,10 +874,10 @@ float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor) if (_IsWindows8Point1OrGreater()) { static HINSTANCE shcore_dll = ::LoadLibraryA("shcore.dll"); // Reference counted per-process - static PFN_GetDpiForMonitor GetDpiForMonitorFn = NULL; - if (GetDpiForMonitorFn == NULL && shcore_dll != NULL) + static PFN_GetDpiForMonitor GetDpiForMonitorFn = nullptr; + if (GetDpiForMonitorFn == nullptr && shcore_dll != nullptr) GetDpiForMonitorFn = (PFN_GetDpiForMonitor)::GetProcAddress(shcore_dll, "GetDpiForMonitor"); - if (GetDpiForMonitorFn != NULL) + if (GetDpiForMonitorFn != nullptr) { GetDpiForMonitorFn((HMONITOR)monitor, MDT_EFFECTIVE_DPI, &xdpi, &ydpi); IM_ASSERT(xdpi == ydpi); // Please contact me if you hit this assert! @@ -833,11 +885,11 @@ float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor) } } #ifndef NOGDI - const HDC dc = ::GetDC(NULL); + const HDC dc = ::GetDC(nullptr); xdpi = ::GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX); ydpi = ::GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY); IM_ASSERT(xdpi == ydpi); // Please contact me if you hit this assert! - ::ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); + ::ReleaseDC(nullptr, dc); #endif return xdpi / 96.0f; } @@ -848,13 +900,53 @@ float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForHwnd(void* hwnd) return ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(monitor); } +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Transparency related helpers (optional) //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma comment(lib, "dwmapi") // Link with dwmapi.lib. MinGW will require linking with '-ldwmapi' +#endif + +// [experimental] +// Borrowed from GLFW's function updateFramebufferTransparency() in src/win32_window.c +// (the Dwm* functions are Vista era functions but we are borrowing logic from GLFW) +void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) +{ + if (!_IsWindowsVistaOrGreater()) + return; + + BOOL composition; + if (FAILED(::DwmIsCompositionEnabled(&composition)) || !composition) + return; + + BOOL opaque; + DWORD color; + if (_IsWindows8OrGreater() || (SUCCEEDED(::DwmGetColorizationColor(&color, &opaque)) && !opaque)) + { + HRGN region = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, -1, -1); + DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; + bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE | DWM_BB_BLURREGION; + bb.hRgnBlur = region; + bb.fEnable = TRUE; + ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); + ::DeleteObject(region); + } + else + { + DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; + bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE; + ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); + } +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT // This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously. // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData { HWND Hwnd; @@ -862,8 +954,8 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData DWORD DwStyle; DWORD DwExStyle; - ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { Hwnd = NULL; HwndOwned = false; DwStyle = DwExStyle = 0; } - ~ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Hwnd == NULL); } + ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { Hwnd = nullptr; HwndOwned = false; DwStyle = DwExStyle = 0; } + ~ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Hwnd == nullptr); } }; static void ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWin32StyleFromViewportFlags(ImGuiViewportFlags flags, DWORD* out_style, DWORD* out_ex_style) @@ -889,7 +981,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) // Select style and parent window ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWin32StyleFromViewportFlags(viewport->Flags, &vd->DwStyle, &vd->DwExStyle); - HWND parent_window = NULL; + HWND parent_window = nullptr; if (viewport->ParentViewportId != 0) if (ImGuiViewport* parent_viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByID(viewport->ParentViewportId)) parent_window = (HWND)parent_viewport->PlatformHandle; @@ -898,9 +990,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) RECT rect = { (LONG)viewport->Pos.x, (LONG)viewport->Pos.y, (LONG)(viewport->Pos.x + viewport->Size.x), (LONG)(viewport->Pos.y + viewport->Size.y) }; ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); vd->Hwnd = ::CreateWindowEx( - vd->DwExStyle, _T("ImGui Platform"), _T("Untitled"), vd->DwStyle, // Style, class name, window name + vd->DwExStyle, _T("ImGui Platform"), _T("Untitled"), vd->DwStyle, // Style, class name, window name rect.left, rect.top, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, // Window area - parent_window, NULL, ::GetModuleHandle(NULL), NULL); // Parent window, Menu, Instance, Param + parent_window, nullptr, ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr), nullptr); // Parent window, Menu, Instance, Param vd->HwndOwned = true; viewport->PlatformRequestResize = false; viewport->PlatformHandle = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = vd->Hwnd; @@ -919,10 +1011,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) } if (vd->Hwnd && vd->HwndOwned) ::DestroyWindow(vd->Hwnd); - vd->Hwnd = NULL; + vd->Hwnd = nullptr; IM_DELETE(vd); } - viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = NULL; + viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = nullptr; } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -981,7 +1073,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 pos) IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); RECT rect = { (LONG)pos.x, (LONG)pos.y, (LONG)pos.x, (LONG)pos.y }; ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); - ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, NULL, rect.left, rect.top, 0, 0, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); + ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, nullptr, rect.left, rect.top, 0, 0, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); } static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -999,7 +1091,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); RECT rect = { 0, 0, (LONG)size.x, (LONG)size.y }; ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); // Client to Screen - ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, NULL, 0, 0, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); + ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, nullptr, 0, 0, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -1030,7 +1122,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowTitle(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const char* // ::SetWindowTextA() doesn't properly handle UTF-8 so we explicitely convert our string. ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); - int n = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, NULL, 0); + int n = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, nullptr, 0); ImVector title_w; title_w.resize(n); ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, title_w.Data, n); @@ -1114,21 +1206,21 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); } -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface() +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(bool platform_has_own_dc) { WNDCLASSEX wcex; wcex.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX); - wcex.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; + wcex.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW | (platform_has_own_dc ? CS_OWNDC : 0); wcex.lpfnWndProc = ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow; wcex.cbClsExtra = 0; wcex.cbWndExtra = 0; - wcex.hInstance = ::GetModuleHandle(NULL); - wcex.hIcon = NULL; - wcex.hCursor = NULL; + wcex.hInstance = ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr); + wcex.hIcon = nullptr; + wcex.hCursor = nullptr; wcex.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_BACKGROUND + 1); - wcex.lpszMenuName = NULL; + wcex.lpszMenuName = nullptr; wcex.lpszClassName = _T("ImGui Platform"); - wcex.hIconSm = NULL; + wcex.hIconSm = nullptr; ::RegisterClassEx(&wcex); ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors(); @@ -1164,48 +1256,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface() static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface() { - ::UnregisterClass(_T("ImGui Platform"), ::GetModuleHandle(NULL)); + ::UnregisterClass(_T("ImGui Platform"), ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr)); ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Transparency related helpers (optional) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) -#pragma comment(lib, "dwmapi") // Link with dwmapi.lib. MinGW will require linking with '-ldwmapi' -#endif - -// [experimental] -// Borrowed from GLFW's function updateFramebufferTransparency() in src/win32_window.c -// (the Dwm* functions are Vista era functions but we are borrowing logic from GLFW) -void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) -{ - if (!_IsWindowsVistaOrGreater()) - return; - - BOOL composition; - if (FAILED(::DwmIsCompositionEnabled(&composition)) || !composition) - return; - - BOOL opaque; - DWORD color; - if (_IsWindows8OrGreater() || (SUCCEEDED(::DwmGetColorizationColor(&color, &opaque)) && !opaque)) - { - HRGN region = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, -1, -1); - DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; - bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE | DWM_BB_BLURREGION; - bb.hRgnBlur = region; - bb.fEnable = TRUE; - ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); - ::DeleteObject(region); - } - else - { - DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; - bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE; - ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); - } -} - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h index 3778c32..5f720cd 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32 and 64 bits applications) +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32-bits AND 64-bits applications) // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. @@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imconfig.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imconfig.h index e3dc27f..876cf32 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imconfig.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imconfig.h @@ -90,6 +90,8 @@ constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ +//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators. +//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. // Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). @@ -108,11 +110,6 @@ //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() -//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(), -// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.) -// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.cpp index 9f33cb1..489ea03 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (main code and documentation) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5886 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues @@ -39,17 +39,16 @@ Index of this file: DOCUMENTATION - MISSION STATEMENT -- END-USER GUIDE +- CONTROLS GUIDE - PROGRAMMER GUIDE - READ FIRST - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE - - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) - - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) CODE (search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) @@ -65,10 +64,11 @@ CODE // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) // [SECTION] ImGuiStorage // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // [SECTION] STYLING // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) // [SECTION] INPUTS // [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING // [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS // [SECTION] DOCKING // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS @@ -113,27 +114,73 @@ CODE - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. - END-USER GUIDE + CONTROLS GUIDE ============== - - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. - - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). - - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). - - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. - - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. - - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. - - Use mouse wheel to scroll. - - Text editor: - - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all. - - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - MOUSE CONTROLS + - Mouse wheel: Scroll vertically. + - SHIFT+Mouse wheel: Scroll horizontally. + - Click [X]: Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). + - Click ^, Double-Click title: Collapse window. + - Drag on corner/border: Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). + - Drag on any empty space: Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true). + - Left-click outside popup: Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack). + + - TEXT EDITOR + - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse: Select text. + - CTRL+Left/Right: Word jump. + - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All. + - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard. + - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo. + - ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value. + - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing shortcuts and behaviors. + + - KEYBOARD CONTROLS + - Basic: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab Cycle through text editable fields. + - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab Cycle through windows. + - CTRL+Click Input text into a Slider or Drag widget. + - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab: Cycle through every items. + - Arrow keys Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value. + - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys). + - Enter Activate item (prefer text input when possible). + - Space Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible). + - Escape Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup. + - Page Up, Page Down Previous page, next page. + - Home, End Scroll to top, scroll to bottom. + - Alt Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer. + - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving. + - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set, + - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed. + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used). + + - GAMEPAD CONTROLS + - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. + - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! + - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets + - Backend support: backend needs to: + - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + + - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) + in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -240,7 +287,7 @@ CODE // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) int width, height; - unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + unsigned char* pixels = nullptr; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: @@ -291,7 +338,7 @@ CODE --------------------------------------------- The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function. - void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) + void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering. @@ -343,43 +390,6 @@ CODE } - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - ------------------------------------------ - - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! - - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 - - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - - Keyboard: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - - Internally: NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on backend's io.AddKeyEvent() calls. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), - the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. - Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Gamepad: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. - Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - Internally: NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on backend's io.AddKeyEvent() + io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() calls. - - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE DIRECTLY TO io.NavInputs[]. This is going to be obsoleted in the future. Please call io functions instead! - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, - with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Mouse: - - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. - Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. - When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. - (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) - (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want - to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) - - API BREAKING CHANGES ==================== @@ -389,12 +399,71 @@ CODE You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. (Docking/Viewport Branch) - - 2022/XX/XX (1.XX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: - - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore. - you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos) - - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. - If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. - + - 2023/XX/XX (1.XXXX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: + - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore. + you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos) + - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. + If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. + + - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago: + - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp + - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite + - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic() + - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo() -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo() + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner. + - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h. + Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA, + it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was + previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164) + - OK: #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - Error: #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. + - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. + - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). + - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl + - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift + - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt + - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super + the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. + the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. + exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. + - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. + this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. + - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); + - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') + - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! + - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr); + - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): + - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags) + - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries. + this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item. + - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - instead, please submit an item: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); + - alternative: + Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - content size is now only extended when submitting an item! + - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert. + - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it. + - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter. + - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values. + - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer. + - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier. + - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this. + - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes). + - Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue. + - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating! + - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue. + - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing! + - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[]. - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete). - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary. - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. @@ -412,7 +481,7 @@ CODE - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). - - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values.* + - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.* - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert. - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper. - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum. @@ -722,7 +791,7 @@ CODE ================================ Read all answers online: - https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): docs/FAQ.md Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. @@ -746,7 +815,7 @@ CODE Q: What is this library called? Q: Which version should I get? >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details. Q&A: Integration ================ @@ -756,14 +825,14 @@ CODE Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Usage ---------- @@ -773,11 +842,11 @@ CODE - How can I have widgets with an empty label? - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? - Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Fonts, Text ================ @@ -787,7 +856,7 @@ CODE Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? Q: How can I load multiple fonts? Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md Q&A: Concerns ============= @@ -796,7 +865,7 @@ CODE Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Community ============== @@ -823,16 +892,15 @@ CODE #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#include // toupper #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t @@ -879,7 +947,7 @@ CODE #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types #endif -#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). #endif @@ -902,7 +970,7 @@ CODE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size @@ -926,7 +994,7 @@ static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time // Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. -static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. // Docking static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA = 0.50f; // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport. @@ -952,8 +1020,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSetti static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); // Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx); +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text); static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); namespace ImGui @@ -972,7 +1040,7 @@ static void NavEndFrame(); static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavProcessItem(); -static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -986,18 +1054,20 @@ static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); -// Misc -static void UpdateSettings(); +// Inputs static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); static void UpdateMouseInputs(); static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt); + +// Misc +static void UpdateSettings(); static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); -static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); // Viewports const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter. @@ -1092,10 +1162,13 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText() + SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. @@ -1133,6 +1206,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + SeparatorTextPadding = ImFloor(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); @@ -1160,6 +1234,8 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #endif KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; + HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1189,25 +1265,26 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #endif ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; + ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false; // Platform Functions + // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; - GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations - SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; - ClipboardUserData = NULL; - SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; AppAcceptingEvents = true; BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1; BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong @@ -1219,14 +1296,15 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() // FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Text.Char = c; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1275,16 +1353,17 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { unsigned int c = 0; utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); - if (c != 0) - AddInputCharacter(c); + AddInputCharacter(c); } } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() { InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1297,23 +1376,49 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; - KeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); n++) - NavInputsDownDuration[n] = NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; + KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++) + { + MouseDown[n] = false; + MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; + } + MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; +} + +static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n]; + if (e->Type != type) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg) + continue; + return e; + } + return NULL; } // Queue a new key down/up event. // - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) // - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. // - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE. +// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULLFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT. void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) { //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself) // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1326,22 +1431,19 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key)) BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; - // Partial filter of duplicates (not strictly needed, but makes data neater in particular for key mods and gamepad values which are most commonly spmamed) - ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); - if (key_data->Down == down && key_data->AnalogValue == analog_value) - { - bool found = false; - for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0 && !found; n--) - if (g.InputEventsQueue[n].Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && g.InputEventsQueue[n].Key.Key == key) - found = true; - if (!found) - return; - } + // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed) + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key); + const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down; + const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue; + if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value) + return; // Add event ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Key.Key = key; e.Key.Down = down; e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; @@ -1363,14 +1465,14 @@ void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native if (key == ImGuiKey_None) return; IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512 - IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey(native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511 + IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511 IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode; - if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key)) + if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key)) return; KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; KeyMap[key] = legacy_key; @@ -1389,56 +1491,96 @@ void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) // Queue a mouse move event void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; + // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); + const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos; + if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y) + return; + ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; - e.MousePos.PosX = x; - e.MousePos.PosY = y; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; + e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; + e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; + e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); + const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]; + if (latest_button_down == down) + return; + ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; e.MouseButton.Down = down; + e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } -// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component) void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - if ((wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) || !AppAcceptingEvents) + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + + // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter) + if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } +// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events. +// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes. +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source) +{ + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source; +} + void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport); + const ImGuiID latest_viewport_id = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID : g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport; + if (latest_viewport_id == viewport_id) + return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport; @@ -1449,11 +1591,18 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); + const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; + if (latest_focused == focused) + return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1586,14 +1735,14 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; - while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } + while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) { int d = 0; - while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } + while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } return d; } @@ -1660,14 +1809,14 @@ const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char if (!needle_end) needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); - const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); + const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle); while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) { - if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) + if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0) { const char* b = needle + 1; for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) - if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) + if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b)) break; if (b == needle_end) return haystack; @@ -1761,18 +1910,36 @@ void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + { + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" + *out_buf = buf; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } + } + else + { + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + } va_end(args); } void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + { + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" + *out_buf = buf; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } + } + else + { + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + } } // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) @@ -1801,7 +1968,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = // Known size hash // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { ImU32 crc = ~seed; const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; @@ -1817,7 +1984,7 @@ ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; @@ -1859,7 +2026,7 @@ ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); - ImVector buf; + ImVector buf; buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); @@ -1922,6 +2089,8 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_f // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF + // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. // A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. @@ -1933,7 +2102,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; - int wanted = len + !len; + int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1); if (in_text_end == NULL) in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. @@ -1985,8 +2154,6 @@ int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const cha { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; } *buf_out = 0; @@ -2002,8 +2169,6 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; char_count++; } return char_count; @@ -2097,6 +2262,7 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e } return bytes_count; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) @@ -2431,7 +2597,7 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. @@ -2499,6 +2665,20 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) va_end(args_copy); } +void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size) +{ + IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset); + if (old_size == new_size) + return; + if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n') + LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset); + const char* base_end = base + new_size; + for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; ) + if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n + LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base)); + EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed @@ -2515,7 +2695,7 @@ static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// This legacy API is not ideal because it assume we will return a single contiguous rectangle. +// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. // Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) { @@ -2622,6 +2802,8 @@ static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int it ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); ItemsCount = -1; } @@ -2630,13 +2812,11 @@ ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() End(); } -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1 -// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 -// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) if (table->IsInsideRow) @@ -2659,10 +2839,11 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) { // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); @@ -2688,11 +2869,11 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); } -bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; @@ -2700,18 +2881,17 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() ImGui::TableEndRow(table); // No items - if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) - return (void)End(), false; + if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) + return false; // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) { - DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen; - DisplayEnd = data->ItemsFrozen + 1; - if (DisplayStart >= ItemsCount) - return (void)End(), false; - data->ItemsFrozen++; + clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen; + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd) + data->ItemsFrozen++; return true; } @@ -2719,15 +2899,13 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() bool calc_clipping = false; if (data->StepNo == 0) { - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) { // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1) data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1)); - DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen); - DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, ItemsCount); - if (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd) - return (void)End(), false; + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); data->StepNo = 1; return true; } @@ -2735,29 +2913,29 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() } // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range - if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) { IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1); if (table) - IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y); + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y); - ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY) / (float)(DisplayEnd - DisplayStart); - bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); + clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart); + bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) - ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. + clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. - IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. } // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements. - const int already_submitted = DisplayEnd; + const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; if (calc_clipping) { if (g.LogEnabled) { // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, ItemsCount)); + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount)); } else { @@ -2766,7 +2944,7 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() if (is_nav_request) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(ItemsCount - 1, ItemsCount)); + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); // Add focused/active item ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]); @@ -2786,10 +2964,10 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) { - int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight); - int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); - data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, ItemsCount - 1); - data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, ItemsCount); + int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; } ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); @@ -2798,23 +2976,45 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { - DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); - DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, ItemsCount); - if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, DisplayStart); + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; return true; } // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); - End(); return false; } +bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); + if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) + ret = false; + if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n"); + if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight); + if (ret) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd); + } + else + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n"); + End(); + } + return ret; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] STYLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2881,6 +3081,11 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.ColorStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); @@ -2890,20 +3095,12 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) } } -struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo -{ - ImGuiDataType Type; - ImU32 Count; - ImU32 Offset; - void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } -}; - static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] = { ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha @@ -2930,51 +3127,59 @@ static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize) },// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Called PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Called PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); } void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } @@ -3113,6 +3318,9 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end // Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) // Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList. +// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take +// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping. void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) { // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state @@ -3156,7 +3364,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, cons LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); } - // Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. // This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. // This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. @@ -3180,30 +3387,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize; const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; - - ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; - int ellipsis_char_count = 1; - if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) - { - ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; - ellipsis_char_count = 3; - } - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); - - float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side - float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis - - if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) - { - // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. - const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); - ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; - ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; - } + const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale; // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x - const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) { @@ -3220,13 +3409,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con // Render text, render ellipsis RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; - if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) - for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) - { - font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); - ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; - } + ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y)); + if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale) + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar); } else { @@ -3322,141 +3508,386 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso } } - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() { - memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - Name = ImStrdup(name); - NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; - ID = ImHashStr(name); - IDStack.push_back(ID); - ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1; - ViewportPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - TabId = GetID("#TAB"); - ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - LastFrameActive = -1; - LastFrameJustFocused = -1; - LastTimeActive = -1.0f; - FontWindowScale = FontDpiScale = 1.0f; - SettingsOffset = -1; - DockOrder = -1; - DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; - DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass(); + return GImGui; } -ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); - IM_DELETE(Name); - ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) { - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); - return id; + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) +void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) { - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); - return id; + *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; + *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; + *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); - return id; + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(); + if (prev_ctx != NULL) + SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. + return ctx; } -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - return id; + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 + ctx = prev_ctx; + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Shutdown(); + SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); } -static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages +static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow = window; - g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; - if (window) - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, "Reset order###ResetOrder" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, +}; -void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +void ImGui::Initialize() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); - g.GroupStack.clear(); - TableGcCompactSettings(); -} + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); -// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. -// Not freed: -// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) -// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. -void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->MemoryCompacted = true; - window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; - window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; - window->IDStack.clear(); - window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); - window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); -} + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); + } + TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); -void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. - // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. - window->MemoryCompacted = false; - window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); - window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); - window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; -} + // Setup default localization table + LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS)); -void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ + // Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers. + g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations + g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; + g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g; // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function) + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; + + // Create default viewport + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; + viewport->Idx = 0; + viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true; + viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; + g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Initialize Docking + DockContextInitialize(&g); +#endif + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown() +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + { + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + } + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear(); + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + + // Destroy platform windows + DestroyPlatformWindows(); + + // Shutdown extensions + DockContextShutdown(&g); - // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, - // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch - // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. - if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); + + // Clear everything else + g.Windows.clear_delete(); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear(); + + g.ColorStack.clear(); + g.StyleVarStack.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + + g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; + g.Viewports.clear_delete(); + + g.TabBars.Clear(); + g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct(); + + g.Tables.Clear(); + g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); + g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + if (g.LogFile != stdout) +#endif + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogBuffer.clear(); + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed +ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); + g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); + g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; + return g.HookIdNext; +} + +// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it +void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) + g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; +} + +// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) +// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array +void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) + g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Ctx = ctx; + Name = ImStrdup(name); + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; + ID = ImHashStr(name); + IDStack.push_back(ID); + ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1; + ViewportPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); + TabId = GetID("#TAB"); + ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; + AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = 0; + SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + LastFrameActive = -1; + LastFrameJustFocused = -1; + LastTimeActive = -1.0f; + FontWindowScale = FontDpiScale = 1.0f; + SettingsOffset = -1; + DockOrder = -1; + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass(); +} + +ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +{ + IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); + IM_DELETE(Name); + ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + return id; +} + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; + if (window) + { + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); + } +} + +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + g.GroupStack.clear(); + TableGcCompactSettings(); +} + +// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. +// Not freed: +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->MemoryCompacted = true; + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; + window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; + window->IDStack.clear(); + window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); + window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); +} + +void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. + // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. + window->MemoryCompacted = false; + window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); + window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clear previous active id + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId), + // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is. + // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId() + if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId) + InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId); } // Set active id @@ -3482,15 +3913,17 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) if (id) { g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None); } // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) - g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); +#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() @@ -3503,7 +3936,6 @@ void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.HoveredId = id; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; } @@ -3528,17 +3960,23 @@ void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) { // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). - // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); - IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + } + + // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343) + // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714) + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id); + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; } -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. @@ -3548,11 +3986,17 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindowDockTree) { // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + bool want_inhibit = false; if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; + want_inhibit = true; + else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + want_inhibit = true; + + // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup + if (want_inhibit) + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + return false; } // Filter by viewport @@ -3585,6 +4029,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable @@ -3602,7 +4047,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck)) return false; // Test if the item is disabled @@ -3616,6 +4061,24 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; } + // Handle hover delay + // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) + float delay; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; + else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; + else + delay = 0.0f; + if (delay > 0.0f) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; + return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + } + return true; } @@ -3633,7 +4096,10 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) + + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; return false; @@ -3645,7 +4111,6 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) SetHoveredID(id); // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId - ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) { // Release active id if turning disabled @@ -3660,8 +4125,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. - // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). + // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) @@ -3674,6 +4138,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return true; } +// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd() bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3686,14 +4151,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // This is also inlined in ItemAdd() -// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect. void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; - g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; + g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect; } float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) @@ -3712,130 +4177,47 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) //else wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; } - else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) - { - wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space - } - - return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); -} - -// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() -void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) -{ - if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() -void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) -{ - if (ptr) - if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; - return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; -} - -void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetVersion() -{ - return IMGUI_VERSION; -} - -// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself -// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module -ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() -{ - return GImGui; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC - IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. -#else - GImGui = ctx; -#endif -} - -void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) -{ - GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; - GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; - GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; -} + else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + { + wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + } -// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) -void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) -{ - *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; - *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; - *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; + return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); } -ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() +void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { - ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); - ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(); - if (prev_ctx != NULL) - SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. - return ctx; + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; + return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); } -void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) { - ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); - if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 - ctx = prev_ctx; - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Shutdown(); - SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); - IM_DELETE(ctx); + if (ptr) + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } -// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed -ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() { - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); - g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); - g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; - return g.HookIdNext; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; } -// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it -void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) { - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) - g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) + g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); } -// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) -// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array -void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +const char* ImGui::GetVersion() { - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) - g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); + return IMGUI_VERSION; } ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() @@ -3930,7 +4312,7 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindowDockTree->Pos; g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; - SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(); + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); bool can_move_window = true; if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) @@ -4068,10 +4450,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) g.MovingWindow = NULL; } - else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL) { // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); } } @@ -4112,240 +4494,8 @@ static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale) } static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); -} - -static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - - // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) - { - // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) - IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown(n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); - } - else - { - if (g.FrameCount == 0) - for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!"); - - // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy) - for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) - if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1) - { - IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n])); - io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n; - } - - // Import legacy keys into new ones - for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) - if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) - { - const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); - IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); - io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; - if (key != n) - io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends - io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; - } - if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) - { - io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModCtrl].Down = io.KeyCtrl; - io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModShift].Down = io.KeyShift; - io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModAlt].Down = io.KeyAlt; - io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModSuper].Down = io.KeySuper; - } - } -#endif - - // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools - io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); - - // Clear gamepad data if disabled - if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) - for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) - { - io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false; - io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f; - } - - // Update keys - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysData); i++) - { - ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; - key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; - key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - } -} - -static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - - // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) - if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) - io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); - - // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) - io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev; - else - io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - - // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. - if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - - io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) - { - io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below - io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i]; - io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - if (io.MouseClicked[i]) - { - bool is_repeated_click = false; - if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime) - { - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - is_repeated_click = true; - } - if (is_repeated_click) - io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++; - else - io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1; - io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos; - io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]; - io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; - } - else if (io.MouseDown[i]) - { - // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); - io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); - io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); - } - - // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service - io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2); - - // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation - if (io.MouseClicked[i]) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - } -} - -static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.WheelingWindow == window) - return; - g.WheelingWindow = window; - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; -} - -void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses - if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) - { - g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) - { - g.WheelingWindow = NULL; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - - float wheel_x = g.IO.MouseWheelH; - float wheel_y = g.IO.MouseWheel; - if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) - return; - - if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel)) - return; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; - if (!window || window->Collapsed) - return; - - // Zoom / Scale window - // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. - if (wheel_y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); - const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; - window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - if (window == window->RootWindow) - { - const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; - SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); - } - return; - } - - // Mouse wheel scrolling - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) - return; - - // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead - // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) - const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (swap_axis) - { - wheel_x = wheel_y; - wheel_y = 0.0f; - } - - // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling - if (wheel_y != 0.0f) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); - } - } - - // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held - if (wheel_x != 0.0f) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); - } - } +{ + return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); } // The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) @@ -4426,18 +4576,6 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } -// [Internal] Do not use directly (can read io.KeyMods instead) -ImGuiModFlags ImGui::GetMergedModFlags() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiModFlags key_mods = ImGuiModFlags_None; - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl; } - if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Shift; } - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Alt; } - if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Super; } - return key_mods; -} - void ImGui::NewFrame() { IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); @@ -4473,6 +4611,11 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX; + // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure + g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); + UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + + // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set) UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); // Setup current font and draw list shared data @@ -4518,10 +4661,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; - g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. @@ -4549,8 +4690,41 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.ActiveId == 0) { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); +#endif + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; + else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) + { + // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } + // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported + } +#endif + + // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips + g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; + if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + { + //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags + g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = 0; + } + else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + { + // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps + g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -4565,10 +4739,6 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) // ClosePopupsExceptModals(); - // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible) - g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); - UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); - // Update keyboard input state UpdateKeyboardInputs(); @@ -4617,9 +4787,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->BeginCount = 0; window->Active = false; window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; + window->BeginCount = 0; // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) @@ -4639,7 +4810,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. @@ -4655,134 +4826,30 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // [DEBUG] Update debug features UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) + g.DebugLocateId = 0; + if (g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames == 0) + { + DebugLog("(Auto-disabled ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper to avoid spamming)\n"); + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper; + } // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. + // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing. g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); Begin("Debug##Default"); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); - CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); -} - -void ImGui::Initialize() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); - ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; - ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); - } - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type - TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); - - // Create default viewport - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); - viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; - viewport->Idx = 0; - viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true; - viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; - g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); - g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); - g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); - -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - // Initialize Docking - DockContextInitialize(&g); -#endif - - g.Initialized = true; -} - -// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown() -{ - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) - { - g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; - IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); - } - g.IO.Fonts = NULL; - - // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. - if (!g.Initialized) - return; - - // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) - if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - - // Destroy platform windows - DestroyPlatformWindows(); - - // Shutdown extensions - DockContextShutdown(&g); - - CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); - - // Clear everything else - g.Windows.clear_delete(); - g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); - g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); - g.WindowsById.Clear(); - g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.ColorStack.clear(); - g.StyleVarStack.clear(); - g.FontStack.clear(); - g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); - g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - - g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; - g.Viewports.clear_delete(); - - g.TabBars.Clear(); - g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); - - g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct(); - - g.Tables.Clear(); - g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); - g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); - - g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); - g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); - g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); - - g.SettingsWindows.clear(); - g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); - - if (g.LogFile) - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - if (g.LogFile != stdout) -#endif - ImFileClose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - g.LogBuffer.clear(); - g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack, + // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code. + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop) + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10); + else + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; - g.Initialized = false; + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } // FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. @@ -4900,7 +4967,7 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorFlags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0; + const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; @@ -5078,10 +5145,25 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData; + if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport); - g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport ? viewport : GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); + if (viewport == NULL) + viewport = GetMainViewport(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (viewport->PlatformHandleRaw == NULL && g.IO.ImeWindowHandle != NULL) + { + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = g.IO.ImeWindowHandle; + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data); + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = NULL; + } + else +#endif + { + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data); + } } // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used @@ -5146,9 +5228,9 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); - memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); } @@ -5403,7 +5485,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0; } bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() @@ -5424,24 +5506,20 @@ void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } -void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel() +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; - if (g.HoveredId == id) - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); } -void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys() +ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetAllBits(); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + return g.LastItemData.ID; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() @@ -5475,7 +5553,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) if (size.y <= 0.0f) size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); SetNextWindowSize(size); @@ -5503,12 +5581,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigatable items or (B) it can be scrolled. + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; } return ret; } @@ -5550,7 +5629,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) { ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); @@ -5563,6 +5642,10 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() { // Not navigable into ItemAdd(bb, 0); + + // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; } if (g.HoveredWindow == window) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; @@ -5632,7 +5715,7 @@ static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0; + const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0); const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild; if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child) { @@ -5651,33 +5734,23 @@ static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; } -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); - - // Create window the first time - ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); - window->Flags = flags; - g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); - - // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position + // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos; + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file - window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); - } + if (settings != NULL) + { + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; @@ -5690,12 +5763,28 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); } +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + // Create window the first time + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0) + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once else g.Windows.push_back(window); - UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, true, window->Flags); return window; } @@ -5738,9 +5827,9 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) { ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window); - const float decoration_up_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight(); new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, decoration_up_height + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f); + new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows } return new_size; } @@ -5769,9 +5858,10 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; - ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(0.0f, decoration_up_height); + ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { // Tooltip always resize @@ -5786,8 +5876,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? - ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->Size; + ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->WorkSize; if (window->ViewportOwned) avail_size = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; @@ -5798,8 +5887,8 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - 0.0f < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); - bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_up_height < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); if (will_have_scrollbar_x) size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; if (will_have_scrollbar_y) @@ -5906,7 +5995,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) } // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad -// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) +// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5914,7 +6003,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) return false; - if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; bool ret_auto_fit = false; @@ -5952,7 +6041,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() - KeepAliveID(resize_grip_id); + ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) @@ -5988,7 +6077,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s bool hovered, held; ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() - KeepAliveID(border_id); + ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) @@ -6013,23 +6102,31 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) + // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user. + // Not even sure the callback works here. if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree == window) { - ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; + ImVec2 nav_resize_dir; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); - if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown); + if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; - nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); - nav_resize_delta = ImMax(nav_resize_delta, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); + const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. - size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored; + } } } @@ -6049,7 +6146,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s return ret_auto_fit; } -static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) +static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; @@ -6095,15 +6192,17 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar window->SkipItems = false; // Draw window + handle manual resize - // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; if (window->Collapsed) { // Title bar only - float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); + if (window->ViewportOwned) + title_bar_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha (we don't support is_docking_transparent_payload here because simpler and less meaningful, but could with a bit of code shuffle/reuse) RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; } @@ -6120,8 +6219,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window)); if (window->ViewportOwned) { - // No alpha - bg_col = (bg_col | IM_COL32_A_MASK); + bg_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha if (is_docking_transparent_payload) window->Viewport->Alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA; } @@ -6145,16 +6243,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar } // Render, for docked windows and host windows we ensure bg goes before decorations - ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList; - if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) - bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); if (window->DockIsActive) window->DockNode->LastBgColor = bg_col; - + ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList; + if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) + bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); - if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) - bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); } if (window->DockIsActive) window->DockNode->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true; @@ -6210,12 +6306,15 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar { for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) { + const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]; + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); - window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col); } } @@ -6225,8 +6324,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar } } -// Render title text, collapse button, close button // When inside a dock node, this is handled in DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() instead. +// Render title text, collapse button, close button void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6345,7 +6444,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags // - Window // .. returns Modal2 // - Window // .. returns Modal2 // - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 -static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +// Notes: +// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL. +// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unecessary. +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) @@ -6359,6 +6461,8 @@ static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) continue; if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. continue; + if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click. + return popup_window; if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. break; for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) @@ -6388,8 +6492,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); if (window_just_created) window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); - else - UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) @@ -6415,10 +6517,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool window_was_appearing = window->Appearing; if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { + UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user; if (window->Appearing) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); - window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags; window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; @@ -6480,12 +6582,24 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; window_stack_data.Window = window; window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; - window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g); g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) g.BeginMenuCount++; + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + } + + // Add to focus scope stack + PushFocusScope(window->ID); + window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + + // Add to popup stack if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; @@ -6495,13 +6609,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; } - // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - { - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); - window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; - } - // Process SetNextWindow***() calls // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; @@ -6569,7 +6676,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) { window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(2); - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); // Render decorations on channel 1 as we will render the backgrounds manually later + window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); // Render decorations on channel 1 as we will render the backgrounds manually later } // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid @@ -6649,6 +6756,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && !window->DockIsActive) @@ -6660,6 +6770,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + if (!window->Collapsed) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } } @@ -6671,10 +6783,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SIZE + // Outer Decoration Sizes + // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). + const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes; + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f; + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f; + window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f; + window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) { // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. @@ -6711,9 +6830,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; - // Decoration size - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - // POSITION // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame @@ -6745,7 +6861,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); // Late create viewport if we don't fit within our current host viewport. - if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) + if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) if (!window->Viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect())) { // This is based on the assumption that the DPI will be known ahead (same as the DPI of the selection done in UpdateSelectWindowViewport) @@ -6772,11 +6888,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. // FIXME: Similar to code in GetWindowAllowedExtentRect() - if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) { if (!window->ViewportOwned && viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0 && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) { - ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); } else if (window->ViewportOwned && g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0) { @@ -6784,7 +6900,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); visibility_rect.Min = monitor->WorkPos + visibility_padding; visibility_rect.Max = monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize - visibility_padding; - ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); } } window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); @@ -6808,31 +6924,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) want_focus = true; - - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) - { - // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. - // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. - // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. - // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. - want_focus = false; - if (window == window->RootWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); - IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); - BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); - } - } } - // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations) #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (g.TestEngineHookItems) { IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); - window->IDStack.Size = 0; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); window->IDStack.Size = 1; } @@ -6871,9 +6971,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (!window->Collapsed) { // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. - // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. - ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); - ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; + // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes. + // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet. + ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)); + ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame; ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; @@ -6883,10 +6984,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); + + // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values. + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y; } // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) - // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. + // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function. // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. // Outer rectangle @@ -6908,10 +7013,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - ScrollToRectEx() // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() // - Scrollbar() - window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; - window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; - window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; + window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; + window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2; + window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2; // Inner clipping rectangle. // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. @@ -6944,6 +7049,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Apply scrolling window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f; // DRAWING @@ -6990,8 +7096,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); - const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); + const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; @@ -7002,21 +7108,21 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); // Setup drawing context // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) - window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount. // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64. - double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; - double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + decoration_up_height; + double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y); window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y)); window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; @@ -7025,12 +7131,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); @@ -7053,11 +7161,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY--; // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to: + // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. if (want_focus) - { - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow) NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls - } // Close requested by platform window if (p_open != NULL && window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose && window->Viewport != GetMainViewport()) @@ -7084,7 +7194,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) /* //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) LogToClipboard(); */ @@ -7110,9 +7220,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) else SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); - // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId)) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif + + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId. +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData); +#endif } else { @@ -7121,9 +7239,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetCurrentWindow(window); } - // Pull/inherit current state - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : window->GetID("#FOCUSSCOPE"); // Inherit from parent only // -V595 - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); @@ -7189,9 +7304,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) skip_items = true; window->SkipItems = skip_items; - // Only clear NavLayersActiveMaskNext when marked as visible, so a CTRL+Tab back can use a safe value. - if (!window->SkipItems) - window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + // Restore NavLayersActiveMaskNext to previous value when not visible, so a CTRL+Tab back can use a safe value. + if (window->SkipItems) + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask; // Sanity check: there are two spots which can set Appearing = true // - when 'window_just_activated_by_user' is set -> HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is set -> SkipItems always false @@ -7200,6 +7315,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177 } + // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing) + if (!window->IsFallbackWindow && ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size))) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; } + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; } + return false; + } + return !window->SkipItems; } @@ -7225,11 +7349,15 @@ void ImGui::End() EndColumns(); if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) // Pop inner window clip rectangle PopClipRect(); + PopFocusScope(); // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging LogFinish(); + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + // Docking: report contents sizes to parent to allow for auto-resize if (window->DockNode && window->DockTabIsVisible) if (ImGuiWindow* host_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow) // FIXME-DOCK @@ -7241,7 +7369,7 @@ void ImGui::End() g.BeginMenuCount--; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(&g); g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); if (g.CurrentWindow) @@ -7327,10 +7455,25 @@ int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) } // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Modal check? + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case. + if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window)) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "", blocking_modal->Name); + if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring to right below modal. + return; + } + + // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL) + window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + + // Apply focus if (g.NavWindow != window) { SetNavWindow(window); @@ -7338,12 +7481,12 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - } - // Close popups if any - ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + } // Move the root window to the top of the pile IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != NULL); @@ -7375,7 +7518,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); } -void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; @@ -7395,19 +7538,22 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); - if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) - if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - // FIXME-DOCK: This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. - // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B. - // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update) - // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself? - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - return; - } + if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive) + continue; + if (filter_viewport != NULL && window->Viewport != filter_viewport) + continue; + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + // FIXME-DOCK: When ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild is set... + // This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. + // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B. + // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update) + // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself? + FocusWindow(window, flags); + return; + } } - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, flags); } // Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. @@ -7500,13 +7646,12 @@ void ImGui::EndDisabled() g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); } -// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. -void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) +void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } -void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() +void ImGui::PopTabStop() { PopItemFlag(); } @@ -7791,6 +7936,12 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const I window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); } +void ImGui::SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; +} + void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); @@ -7914,241 +8065,758 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiCond cond) g.NextWindowData.DockId = id; } -void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT((window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) == 0); // Cannot set both set and clear for the same bit + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass; + g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return window->DrawList; +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowDpiScale() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.CurrentDpiScale; +} + +ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetWindowViewport() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentViewport != NULL && g.CurrentViewport == g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); + return g.CurrentViewport; +} + +ImFont* ImGui::GetFont() +{ + return GImGui->Font; +} + +float ImGui::GetFontSize() +{ + return GImGui->FontSize; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() +{ + return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) +{ + IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->FontWindowScale = scale; + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; +} + +void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id; +} + +void ImGui::PopFocusScope() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; +} + +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! +void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + if (offset == -1) + { + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + } + else + { + g.NavTabbingDir = 1; + g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; + } +} + +void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!window->Appearing) + return; + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect)) + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); +} + +void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; +} + +ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->DC.StateStorage; +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. +void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call +// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); + return id; +} + +void ImGui::PopID() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(ptr_id); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INPUTS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetKeyData() [Internal] +// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal] +// - GetKeyName() +// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal] +// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal] +// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal] +// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal] +// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal] +// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal] +// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal] +// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal] +// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal] +// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - IsKeyDown() +// - IsKeyPressed() +// - IsKeyReleased() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - IsMouseDown() +// - IsMouseClicked() +// - IsMouseReleased() +// - IsMouseDoubleClicked() +// - GetMouseClickedCount() +// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal] +// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal] +// - IsMouseDragging() +// - GetMousePos() +// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +// - IsMousePosValid() +// - IsAnyMouseDown() +// - GetMouseDragDelta() +// - ResetMouseDragDelta() +// - GetMouseCursor() +// - SetMouseCursor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateAliasKey() +// - GetMergedModsFromKeys() +// - UpdateKeyboardInputs() +// - UpdateMouseInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal] +// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal] +// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() +// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal] +// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal] +// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - Shortcut() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT((window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) == 0); // Cannot set both set and clear for the same bit - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass; - g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class; -} + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return window->DrawList; + // Special storage location for mods + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key); + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); + if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native +#else + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); +#endif + return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; } -float ImGui::GetWindowDpiScale() +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.CurrentDpiScale; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); } +#endif -ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetWindowViewport() +// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. +static const char* const GKeyNames[] = +{ + "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", + "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape", + "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu", + "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", + "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", + "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", + "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", + "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", + "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", + "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", + "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", + "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", + "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3", + "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", + "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", + "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY", + "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names. +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); + +const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentViewport != NULL && g.CurrentViewport == g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); - return g.CurrentViewport; +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); +#else + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + { + if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; + } +#endif + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, key); + if (!IsNamedKey(key)) + return "Unknown"; + + return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } -ImFont* ImGui::GetFont() +// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super. +void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) { - return GImGui->Font; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", + GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); } -float ImGui::GetFontSize() +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) { - return GImGui->FontSize; + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; } -ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() +void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate) { - return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_) + { + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return; + } } -void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) +// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate +// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate) +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) { - IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->FontWindowScale = scale; - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return 0; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); } -void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) +// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavNextActivateId = id; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + return ImVec2( + GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue, + GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue); } -void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) +// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data. +// Entries D,A,B,B,A,C,B --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D +// Index A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0 --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6 +// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation. +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; + rt->EntriesNext.resize(0); + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry; + for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex) + { + routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx]; + routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry + routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255; + if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer + + // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + } + } + + // Rewrite linked-list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1); + for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++) + rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1); + } + rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes } -void ImGui::PopFocusScope() +// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope(). +static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back(); - g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); + return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } -// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! -void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { + // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods + // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None. + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Not legal ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data; + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods); + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); - // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. - // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. - // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but - // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. - if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads. + // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame). + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); - return; + routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + if (routing_data->Mods == mods) + return routing_data; } - SetNavWindow(window); + // Add to linked-list + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size; + rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData()); + routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx]; + routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods; + routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx; + return routing_data; +} - ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. - if (offset == -1) - { - NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); - } - else +// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority): +// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh +// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) +// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal +// - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack) +// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow +// - 255: never route +// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy +static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) { - g.NavTabbingDir = 1; - g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow; + + // ActiveID gets top priority + // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it) + if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) + return 1; + + // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better) + // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request, + // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match) + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) + // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. + if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) + for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) + { + if (focused == location) + { + IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); + return next_score; + } + focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path + } + return 255; } + + // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + return 2; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow) + return 254; + return 0; } -void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() +// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods). +// Return true if the route is available this frame. +// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state. +// (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame". +// As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut. +bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!window->Appearing) - return; - if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - return; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() + else + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) + if (g.NavWindow == NULL) + return false; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) + return true; - // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via a opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) - if (!IsItemVisible()) - ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); + const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags); + if (score == 255) + return false; + + // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient) + // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <). + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore); + if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore) + { + routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id; + routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score; + } + + // Return routing state for CURRENT frame + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; } -void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) +// Currently unused by core (but used by tests) +// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading. +bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry. + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; } -ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() +// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. +// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->DC.StateStorage; + return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; } -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); } -void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) +// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); + if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + { + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); + pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + } + if (!pressed) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; } -void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. -void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. } -// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call -// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. -// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) -ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) { - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); - return id; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. } -void ImGui::PopID() +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); } -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(str_id); +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; + const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); + if (!pressed) + return false; + + if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)) + return false; + + return true; } -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) } -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(ptr_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id) } -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button]; } - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] INPUTS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle // NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting // NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) @@ -8170,265 +8838,453 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c return true; } -ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int index; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); - if (IsLegacyKey(key)) - index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native - else - index = key; -#else - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); - index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; -#endif - return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO -int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - return (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); } -#endif -// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. -static const char* const GKeyNames[] = +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() { - "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", - "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape", - "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu", - "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", - "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", - "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", - "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", - "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", - "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", - "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", - "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", - "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", - "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", - "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3", - "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", - "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", - "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper" -}; -IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} -const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() { -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); -#else - if (IsLegacyKey(key)) - { - ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); - if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) - return "N/A"; - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); - key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; - } -#endif - if (key == ImGuiKey_None) - return "None"; - if (!IsNamedKey(key)) - return "Unknown"; - - return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; } -// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) -// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) -// An event is triggered at: -// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N -int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) { - if (t1 == 0.0f) - return 1; - if (t0 >= t1) - return 0; - if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) - return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); - const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; - return count; + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; } -int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - const float t = key_data->DownDuration; - return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; } -// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. -// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) { - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - if (!key_data->Down) - return false; - return true; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); } -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - const float t = key_data->DownDuration; - if (t < 0.0f) - return false; - const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); - if (!pressed) - return false; - return true; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; } -bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) +// Get desired mouse cursor shape. +// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), +// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render(). +// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() { - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) - return false; - return true; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.MouseCursor; } -bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; + g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; } -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + key_data->Down = v; + key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value; +} + +// [Internal] Do not use directly +static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys() +{ + ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0; + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; } + return mods; } -bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) + { + // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + } + else + { + if (g.FrameCount == 0) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!"); + + // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n])); + io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n; + } + + // Import legacy keys into new ones + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); + io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; + if (key != n) + io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends + io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; + } + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; + } + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) + { + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0) + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0) + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } +#endif +#endif + + // Update aliases + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++) + UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); + + // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values. + // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. + // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. + // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing. + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); + io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; + io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; + io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0; + io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0; + + // Clear gamepad data if disabled + if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) + for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) + { + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false; + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f; + } + + // Update keys + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; + key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + } + + // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext; + if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp. + owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore + } + + UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); } -bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2; -} + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; -int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button]; -} + // Mouse Wheel swapping flag + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already. + // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature. + // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source. + io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; -// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. -// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; -} + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - return false; - return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); -} + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev; + else + io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. + if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; -// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) - return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} + io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) + { + io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below + io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i]; + io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + bool is_repeated_click = false; + if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + is_repeated_click = true; + } + if (is_repeated_click) + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++; + else + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1; + io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (io.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); + } -// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. -bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) -{ - // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. - // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); - const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; - ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; - return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; -} + // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service + io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2); -// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. -bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) - if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) - return true; - return false; + // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } } -// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. -// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. -// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) - if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) - return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; - return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (window) + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER); + else + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindow == window) + return; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); + g.WheelingWindow = window; + g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + if (window == NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; + g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } } -void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel) { + // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; -} + ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++) + if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f) + for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow) + { + // Bubble up into parent window if: + // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling. + // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag. + //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP) + const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f); + const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs); + //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]); + if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits) + break; // select this window + } + if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL) + return NULL; -ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.MouseCursor; + // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity + if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL) + return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0]; + + // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize + // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero. + // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other. + if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1) + g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount; + if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y)) + { + g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel; + return NULL; + } + return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1]; } -void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +// Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { + // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses. + // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; + if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f) + LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f); + } + + ImVec2 wheel; + wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y); + ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed) + return; + + // Zoom / Scale window + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. + if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y); + ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window; + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); + window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + } + return; + } + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) + return; + + // Mouse wheel scrolling + // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs() + if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap) + wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f); + + // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises + // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter + g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30); + g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30); + + // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now. + wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; + g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f) + return; + + // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply + // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window. + // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved. + if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel))) + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f }; + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) + do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false; + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X]) + { + LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x); + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); + } + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) + { + LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y); + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); + } + } } void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard) @@ -8446,21 +9302,28 @@ void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Clipboard" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); return input_source_names[source]; } -#endif - -/*static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source) { - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } + const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT); + return mouse_source_names[source]; +} +static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } -}*/ +} +#endif // Process input queue // We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'. @@ -8483,45 +9346,39 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) int event_n = 0; for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++) { - const ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); - if (IsMousePosValid(&event_pos)) - event_pos = ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(event_pos.x), ImFloorSigned(event_pos.y)); // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() - if (io.MousePos.x != event_pos.x || io.MousePos.y != event_pos.y) - { - // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change - if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) - break; - io.MousePos = event_pos; - mouse_moved = true; - } + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) + break; + io.MousePos = event_pos; + io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource; + mouse_moved = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button; IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); - if (io.MouseDown[button] != e->MouseButton.Down) - { - // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button - if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) - break; - io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; - mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); - } + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover. + break; + io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource; + mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { - if (e->MouseWheel.WheelX != 0.0f || e->MouseWheel.WheelY != 0.0f) - { - // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event - if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) - break; - io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; - io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; - mouse_wheeled = true; - } + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; + io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource; + mouse_wheeled = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport) { @@ -8529,36 +9386,24 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); - const int keydata_index = (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET); - ImGuiKeyData* keydata = &io.KeysData[keydata_index]; - if (keydata->Down != e->Key.Down || keydata->AnalogValue != e->Key.AnalogValue) - { - // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button - if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) - break; - keydata->Down = e->Key.Down; - keydata->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; - key_changed = true; - key_changed_mask.SetBit(keydata_index); - - if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) - { - if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) { io.KeyCtrl = keydata->Down; } - if (key == ImGuiKey_ModShift) { io.KeyShift = keydata->Down; } - if (key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt) { io.KeyAlt = keydata->Down; } - if (key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) { io.KeySuper = keydata->Down; } - io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); - } + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + key_data->Down = e->Key.Down; + key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; + key_changed = true; + key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index); - // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends + // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - io.KeysDown[key] = keydata->Down; - if (io.KeyMap[key] != -1) - io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key]] = keydata->Down; + io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down; + if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1) + io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down; #endif - } } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { @@ -8572,9 +9417,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { - // We intentionally overwrite this and process lower, in order to give a chance + // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame. - io.AppFocusLost = !e->AppFocused.Focused; + const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused; + io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost; } else { @@ -8582,31 +9428,160 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) } } - // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) - //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); - for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) - g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) + //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); + for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) + g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)) + for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) + DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]); +#endif + + // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame + if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) + g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); + else + g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n); + + // Clear buttons state when focus is lost + // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle. + // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag + // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event). + if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr; + + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + return owner_id; +} + +// TestKeyOwner(..., ID) : (owner == None || owner == ID) +// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None) +// TestKeyOwner(..., Any) : no owner test +// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags. +bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return true; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return false; + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false); + + // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId + // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things. + // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions. + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id) + { + if (owner_data->LockThisFrame) + return false; + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + return false; + } + + return true; +} - // [DEBUG] - /*if (event_n != 0) - for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) - DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);*/ +// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware. +// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone. +// - SetKeyOwner(..., None) : clears owner +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock) : illegal (assert) +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock +void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! - // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame - if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) - g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); - else - g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; - // Clear buttons state when focus is lost - // (this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle) - if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code. + // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test) + owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease); +} + +// Rarely used helper +void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shortcut, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_) { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); } +} + +// This is more or less equivalent to: +// if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) +// SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()); +// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times. +// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition. +// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority. +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id)) + return; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_; + if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive))) { - g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); - g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_); } } +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) + return false; + + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods) + return false; + + // Special storage location for mods + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods); + + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + return true; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING @@ -8633,6 +9608,38 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si return !error; } +// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell) +// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details. +// [Scenario 1] +// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK +// Instead, please submit an item: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK +// Alternative: +// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK +// [Scenario 2] +// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change: +// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup() +// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller! +// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue. +void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = false; +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y) + return; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent."); +#else + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +#endif +} + static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8645,6 +9652,13 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644) + // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it. +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0) + g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f; +#endif + // Check user data // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); @@ -8720,9 +9734,9 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. - // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), + // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. - const ImGuiModFlags key_mods = GetMergedModFlags(); + const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); IM_UNUSED(key_mods); @@ -8735,7 +9749,9 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() { if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended! IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); + IM_UNUSED(window); while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) End(); } @@ -8832,7 +9848,7 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, vo if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); PopStyleVar(); } - while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044 + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 { if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); PopFocusScope(); @@ -8840,9 +9856,9 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, vo } // Save current stack sizes for later compare -void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; @@ -8856,9 +9872,9 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() } // Compare to detect usage errors -void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_UNUSED(window); @@ -8934,7 +9950,7 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -8943,7 +9959,7 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; // Horizontal layout mode if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) @@ -8980,40 +9996,50 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(); + if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) + { + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(); + } // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". - // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); - - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() -#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) - { - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; - } -#endif } g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (id != 0) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData); #endif // Clipping test - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); - if (is_clipped) - return false; + // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) + //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); + //if (is_clipped) + // return false; + const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); + if (!is_rect_visible) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId)) + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return false; + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0) + // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG] // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (is_rect_visible) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible; if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; @@ -9056,11 +10082,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } +// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. +// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) +// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. @@ -9087,21 +10117,24 @@ void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() @@ -9318,6 +10351,9 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; @@ -9340,7 +10376,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; @@ -9390,38 +10426,24 @@ static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, fl static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; - if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) + ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2); + for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++) { - float decoration_total_width = window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; - float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; - if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f) + if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX) { - float snap_x_min = 0.0f; - float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width; - scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio); - } - scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width); - } - if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) - { - float decoration_total_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->ScrollbarSizes.y; - float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; - float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; - if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f) - { - float snap_y_min = 0.0f; - float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height; - scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio); + float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis]; + float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis]; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f) + { + float snap_min = 0.0f; + float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]; + scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio); + } + scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]); } - scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height); - } - scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); - scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); - if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) - { - scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); - scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); + scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); + if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) + scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]); } return scroll; } @@ -9442,8 +10464,11 @@ void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScro ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x); + scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_)); @@ -9456,35 +10481,39 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0) flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; - const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= window_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= window_rect.Max.x; - const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= window_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= window_rect.Max.y; - const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetWidth(); - const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetHeight(); + const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x; + const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0; if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x) { - if (item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x) + if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x) SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); - else if (item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x) SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f); } else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) { - float target_x = can_be_fully_visible_x ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.x; - SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + if (can_be_fully_visible_x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); + else + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); } if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y) { - if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y) + if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y) SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); - else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y) SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f); } else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) { - float target_y = can_be_fully_visible_y ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.y; - SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + if (can_be_fully_visible_y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); + else + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); } ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); @@ -9559,7 +10588,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) // - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) // - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, // and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. -// - They mostly exists because of legacy API. +// - They mostly exist because of legacy API. // Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: // - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! // - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense @@ -9567,7 +10596,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } @@ -9575,9 +10604,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect; - local_y -= decoration_up_height; - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } @@ -9624,12 +10651,12 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +bool ImGui::BeginTooltip() { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9653,12 +10680,17 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags ext if (window->Active) { // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window); ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); + // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true. + // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly. + //if (!ret) + // End(); + //return ret; + return true; } void ImGui::EndTooltip() @@ -9669,7 +10701,8 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; TextV(fmt, args); EndTooltip(); } @@ -9727,6 +10760,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); } +// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL) ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9737,6 +10771,7 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() return NULL; } +// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for. ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9751,7 +10786,7 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id); OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } @@ -9771,13 +10806,13 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) - if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) return; ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. popup_ref.PopupId = id; popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; + popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); @@ -9866,7 +10901,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; - if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) break; } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below @@ -9880,23 +10915,17 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_ IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); // Trim open popup stack - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) - { - // Fallback - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); - } + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback else - { - if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - } + FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None); } } @@ -10140,7 +11169,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) continue; if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) @@ -10273,17 +11302,17 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) if (g.NavWindow != window) SetNavWindow(window); - // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid. // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; else g.NavDisableHighlight = true; @@ -10296,29 +11325,15 @@ ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; } -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max) { - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; + if (cand_max < curr_min) + return cand_max - curr_min; + if (curr_max < cand_min) + return cand_min - curr_max; return 0.0f; } -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { @@ -10341,10 +11356,6 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window } - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - // Compute distance between boxes // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); @@ -10383,32 +11394,35 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) - { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. + char buf[200]; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate. { - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + if (quadrant == move_dir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c", + dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,200)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } #endif - // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? @@ -10459,11 +11473,20 @@ static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; result->Window = window; result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); } +// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. +// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent. +void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); +} + // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) // This is called after LastItemData is set. static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() @@ -10471,9 +11494,16 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; - const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221) + if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false) + { + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + } + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + // Process Init Request if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { @@ -10493,42 +11523,37 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { - const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; if (is_tabbing) { - if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) - NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags); } - else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) { ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - if (!is_tabbing) - { - if (NavScoreItem(result)) - NavApplyItemToResult(result); - - // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. - const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) - if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) - if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible)) - NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible); - } + if (NavScoreItem(result)) + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible)) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible); } } - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + // Update information for currently focused/navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { if (g.NavWindow != window) SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) } } @@ -10539,18 +11564,31 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request // - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing // - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested -void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0) + if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + + // - Can always land on an item when using API call. + // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item. + // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only. + bool can_stop; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) + can_stop = true; + else + can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)); + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) { // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); - if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); else if (g.NavId == id) g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; @@ -10566,16 +11604,18 @@ void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } } - else + else if (can_stop) { + // Keep applying until reaching NavId NavApplyItemToResult(result); } } else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) { - // Tab Init - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) - NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (can_stop && g.NavId == id) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); } } @@ -10643,10 +11683,11 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNav void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; + g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -10718,7 +11759,8 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) { - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; return; } @@ -10728,7 +11770,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); if (init_for_nav) { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; @@ -10738,7 +11780,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) else { g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; } } @@ -10770,56 +11812,27 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() } } -const char* ImGui::GetNavInputName(ImGuiNavInput n) -{ - static const char* names[] = - { - "Activate", "Cancel", "Input", "Menu", "DpadLeft", "DpadRight", "DpadUp", "DpadDown", "LStickLeft", "LStickRight", "LStickUp", "LStickDown", - "FocusPrev", "FocusNext", "TweakSlow", "TweakFast", "KeyLeft", "KeyRight", "KeyUp", "KeyDown" - }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(names) == ImGuiNavInput_COUNT); - IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < ImGuiNavInput_COUNT); - return names[n]; -} - -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode mode) +float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Down) - return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) - - const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (t < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); - return 0.0f; -} + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiNavReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) -{ - ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard) - delta += ImVec2((float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightArrow) - (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow), (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) - (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); - if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta *= slow_factor; - if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= fast_factor; - return delta; + ImGuiKey key_less, key_more; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown; + } + else + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); + if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase + amount = 0.0f; + return amount; } static void ImGui::NavUpdate() @@ -10830,54 +11843,20 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() io.WantSetMousePos = false; //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); - // Update Gamepad->Nav inputs mapping - // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource? const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; - if (nav_gamepad_active && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray == false) - { - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiNavInput_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(io.NavInputs[n] == 0.0f && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(), either only fill legacy io.NavInputs[]. Not both!"); - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT, _ACTIVATE_NAV) do { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = io.KeysData[_KEY - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue; if (_ACTIVATE_NAV && io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] > 0.0f) { g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; } } while (0) - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, true); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, false); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, false); - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - - // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping + const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown }; + if (nav_gamepad_active) + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow }; if (nav_keyboard_active) - { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(_KEY)) { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; } } while (0) - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (io.KeyCtrl) - io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (io.KeyShift) - io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) - io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) @@ -10918,14 +11897,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NavUpdateCancelRequest(); // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); - bool input_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Input); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); - bool input_pressed = input_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; @@ -10933,12 +11912,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() } if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) { - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; } - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down)) g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed)) g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; } if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) @@ -10950,10 +11929,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) { - if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - else - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; } g.NavNextActivateId = 0; @@ -10972,7 +11948,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); @@ -10980,13 +11956,17 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } - // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); - if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); + if (nav_gamepad_active) + { + const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + } } // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled @@ -11038,6 +12018,8 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL) { @@ -11055,11 +12037,11 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - const ImGuiNavReadMode read_mode = ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } } g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); @@ -11067,7 +12049,6 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? - const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active) scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); @@ -11077,13 +12058,15 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); } - // [DEBUG] Always send a request + // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction. #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) - g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); - if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + // g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl) { - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; } #endif @@ -11093,7 +12076,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); - // Moving with no reference triggers a init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) + // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); @@ -11103,16 +12086,21 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() } // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. - // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative - // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, + // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) { bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + + // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171) + // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame. + inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; @@ -11120,7 +12108,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX; inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX; window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel); - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavId = 0; } } @@ -11133,7 +12121,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } @@ -11149,7 +12137,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) return; - const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; if (!tab_pressed) return; @@ -11157,8 +12145,11 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. - //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything - g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + else + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. @@ -11178,17 +12169,18 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; // Tabbing forward wrap - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && result == NULL) if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; - // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) if (result == NULL) { if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n"); return; } @@ -11206,17 +12198,15 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) { - // FIXME: Should remove this + // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge? float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); } - else - { - ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); - ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); - } } if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) @@ -11265,14 +12255,15 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed)) + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) return; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); if (g.ActiveId != 0) { - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - ClearActiveID(); + ClearActiveID(); } else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { @@ -11291,7 +12282,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) { // Close open popup/menu ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); @@ -11301,7 +12292,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavId = 0; } } @@ -11316,22 +12307,22 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) return 0.0f; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out return 0.0f; if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) { // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true)) + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); else if (home_pressed) SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); @@ -11394,8 +12385,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() // Perform wrap-around in menus // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. - const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; - if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); } @@ -11485,7 +12475,10 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) if (!window_target) window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + { g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -11501,7 +12494,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal. if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; @@ -11514,15 +12507,25 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection - const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); - const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab); + const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing"); + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); + const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) { g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + + // Register ownership of our mods. Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects. + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id); } // Gamepad update @@ -11533,7 +12536,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow); + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1); if (focus_change_dir != 0) { NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); @@ -11541,7 +12544,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) - if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu)) { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) @@ -11556,18 +12559,19 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_; + IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows. g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f - if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(io.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); - if (!io.KeyCtrl) + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1); + else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods) apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. - const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; @@ -11576,46 +12580,55 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() { // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) - if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper) + // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key. + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Apply layer toggle on release // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. - if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_ModAlt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) apply_toggle_layer = true; - if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } // Move window if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) { - ImVec2 move_delta; + ImVec2 nav_move_dir; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); + nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); - if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well - ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree; - SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored; + } } } // Apply final focus if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) { + // FIXME: Many actions here could be part of a higher-level/reused function. Why aren't they in FocusWindow() + // Investigate for each of them: ClearActiveID(), NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(), NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(), ClosePopupsOverWindow(), NavInitWindow() ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; ClearActiveID(); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); @@ -11673,12 +12686,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) { if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - return "(Popup)"; + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup); if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) - return "(Main menu bar)"; + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar); if (window->DockNodeAsHost) - return "(Dock node)"; - return "(Untitled)"; + return "(Dock node)"; // Not normally shown to user. + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled); } // Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). @@ -11808,7 +12821,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any - SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(); + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); } else { @@ -11839,13 +12852,12 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - BeginTooltip(); + bool ret = BeginTooltip(); + IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(). + IM_UNUSED(ret); + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; - tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow); } if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) @@ -11940,7 +12952,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -11994,41 +13006,51 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) - { - g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; - } + if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + return NULL; + + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId); // Render default drop visuals - // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; - flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) + flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) return NULL; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: return payload\n", g.DragDropTargetId); return &payload; } +// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +{ + GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); +} + const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; + return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; } -// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + + // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery + if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery) + ClearDragDrop(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12262,10 +13284,10 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() #endif const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + PushTabStop(false); SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopTabStop(); PopID(); // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log @@ -12283,15 +13305,17 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - UpdateSettings() [Internal] // - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] -// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] // - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] // - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] // - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() // - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() // - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() // - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal] +// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal] // - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12304,76 +13328,38 @@ void ImGui::UpdateSettings() { IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); if (g.IO.IniFilename) - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - g.SettingsLoaded = true; - } - - // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) - { - g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - { - if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - else - g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - } - } -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - -#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) - name = p; -#endif - const size_t name_len = strlen(name); - - // Allocate chunk - const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); - settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); - memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + } - return settings; + // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) + { + g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + else + g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + } + } } -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->ID == id) - return settings; - return NULL; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; } -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) { - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) - return settings; - return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; } void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) @@ -12400,6 +13386,7 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) return NULL; } +// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.) void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12421,6 +13408,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) } // Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty! void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12524,6 +13512,65 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); } +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + +#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; +#endif + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names. +// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window->SettingsOffset != -1) + return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset); + return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID); +} + +// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more. +void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + if (window != NULL) + { + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL); + if (window->DockId != 0) + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window, true); + } + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name))) + settings->WantDelete = true; +} + static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; @@ -12534,9 +13581,12 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) { - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); - ImGuiID id = settings->ID; - *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id); + if (settings) + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + else + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name); settings->ID = id; settings->WantApply = true; return (void*)settings; @@ -12582,7 +13632,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) continue; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window); if (!settings) { settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); @@ -12598,12 +13648,15 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl settings->ClassId = window->WindowClass.ClassId; settings->DockOrder = window->DockOrder; settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + settings->WantDelete = false; } // Write to text buffer buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + continue; const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); if (settings->ViewportId != 0 && settings->ViewportId != ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) @@ -12631,6 +13684,18 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text; +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12734,7 +13799,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG return false; if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) == 0) return false; - if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0) + if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0) return false; if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect())) return false; @@ -12817,8 +13882,8 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) { ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos)) - if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFrontMostStampCount < viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount) + if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos)) + if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFocusedStampCount < viewport->LastFocusedStampCount) best_candidate = viewport; } return best_candidate; @@ -12832,22 +13897,64 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.Size <= g.Viewports.Size); // Update Minimized status (we need it first in order to decide if we'll apply Pos/Size of the main viewport) + // Update Focused status const bool viewports_enabled = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0; if (viewports_enabled) { + ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) { ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated; if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized && platform_funcs_available) { - bool minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport); - if (minimized) - viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized; + bool is_minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport); + if (is_minimized) + viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized; + else + viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized; + } + + // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. + // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && platform_funcs_available) + { + bool is_focused = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport); + if (is_focused) + viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused; + else + viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused; + if (is_focused) + focused_viewport = viewport; + } + } + + // Focused viewport has changed? + if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) + { + // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows + // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag + // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. + if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount) + focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount; + g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; + + // Focus associated dear imgui window if focus didn't happen with a click within imgui boundaries (#6299) + // e.g. Clicking platform title bar. + // FIXME: perhaps 'FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne()' can handle the 'focused_window->Window != NULL' case as well. + if (!IsAnyMouseDown()) + { + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags focus_request_flags = ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild; + if (focused_viewport->Window != NULL) + FocusWindow(focused_viewport->Window, focus_request_flags); + else if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, focused_viewport, focus_request_flags); // Focus top most in viewport else - viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized; + FocusWindow(NULL, focus_request_flags); // No window had focus last time viewport was focused } } + if (focused_viewport) + focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow = (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport); } // Create/update main viewport with current platform position. @@ -12857,7 +13964,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->Window == NULL); ImVec2 main_viewport_pos = viewports_enabled ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(main_viewport) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); ImVec2 main_viewport_size = g.IO.DisplaySize; - if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) + if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) { main_viewport_pos = main_viewport->Pos; // Preserve last pos/size when minimized (FIXME: We don't do the same for Size outside of the viewport path) main_viewport_size = main_viewport->Size; @@ -12885,7 +13992,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() { // Update Position and Size (from Platform Window to ImGui) if requested. // We do it early in the frame instead of waiting for UpdatePlatformWindows() to avoid a frame of lag when moving/resizing using OS facilities. - if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) && platform_funcs_available) + if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) && platform_funcs_available) { // Viewport->WorkPos and WorkSize will be updated below if (viewport->PlatformRequestMove) @@ -13046,7 +14153,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->Pos = pos; if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Size = size; - viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized); // Preserve existing flags + viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused)); // Preserve existing flags } else { @@ -13364,7 +14471,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() continue; // Create window - bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); + const bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); if (is_new_platform_window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Create Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); @@ -13423,38 +14530,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() // Even without focus, we assume the window becomes front-most. // This is useful for our platform z-order heuristic when io.MouseHoveredViewport is not available. - if (viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) - viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - } + if (viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount) + viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount; + } // Clear request flags viewport->ClearRequestFlags(); } - - // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. - // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: We should use this information to also set dear imgui-side focus, allowing us to handle os-level alt+tab. - if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus != NULL) - { - ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size && focused_viewport == NULL; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) - if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport)) - focused_viewport = viewport; - } - - // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows - // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag - // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. - if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) - { - if (focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) - focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; - } - } } // This is a default/basic function for performing the rendering/swap of multiple Platform Windows. @@ -13476,7 +14558,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* render for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i]; - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) continue; if (platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow) platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow(viewport, platform_render_arg); if (platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow) platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow(viewport, renderer_render_arg); @@ -13484,7 +14566,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* render for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i]; - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) continue; if (platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers(viewport, platform_render_arg); if (platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers(viewport, renderer_render_arg); @@ -13737,10 +14819,7 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node); static void DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req); - static void DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true); - static void DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx); - static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); static void DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count); static void DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id); // Use root_id==0 to add all @@ -13760,11 +14839,11 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window); static void DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); - static ImGuiID DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static void DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static void DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window); static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* payload_window); - static void DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking); + static void DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking); static void DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data); static void DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos); static void DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired); @@ -13834,6 +14913,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx) ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll; g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + + g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = &DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default; } void ImGui::DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx) @@ -13921,13 +15002,13 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) // [DEBUG] Store hovered dock node. // We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut. // Note this is mostly a debug thing and isn't actually used for docking target, because docking involve more detailed filtering. - g.HoveredDockNode = NULL; + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; if (ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow) { if (hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost) - g.HoveredDockNode = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos); + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos); else if (hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode) - g.HoveredDockNode = hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode; + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode; } // Process Docking requests @@ -13955,12 +15036,12 @@ void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size); ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); - node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bg_rect.Min, bg_rect.Max, node->LastBgColor, node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, bg_rounding_flags); } } -static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) +ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) { return (ImGuiDockNode*)ctx->DockContext.Nodes.GetVoidPtr(id); } @@ -14064,7 +15145,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n]; if (settings->ParentWindowId != 0) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->ParentWindowId)) + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(settings->ParentWindowId)) if (window_settings->DockId) if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(window_settings->DockId)) data->CountChildNodes++; @@ -14215,7 +15296,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) ImGuiWindow* target_window = req->DockTargetWindow; ImGuiDockNode* node = req->DockTargetNode; if (payload_window) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window ? payload_window->Name : "NULL", req->DockSplitDir); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window->Name, req->DockSplitDir); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, req->DockSplitDir); @@ -14396,14 +15477,6 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) new_node->SizeRef = node->SizeRef; DockNodeMoveWindows(new_node, node); DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, new_node->ID); - for (int n = 0; n < new_node->Windows.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = new_node->Windows[n]; - window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; - if (window->ParentWindow) - window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); - } node = new_node; } else @@ -14416,6 +15489,14 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport node->ParentNode = NULL; } + for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[n]; + window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + if (window->ParentWindow) + window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); + } node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; node->Size = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(node->Size, node->Windows[0]->Viewport); node->WantMouseMove = true; @@ -14423,14 +15504,14 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) } // This is mostly used for automation. -bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos) +bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos) { // In DockNodePreviewDockSetup() for a root central node instead of showing both "inner" and "outer" drop rects // (which would be functionally identical) we only show the outer one. Reflect this here. if (target_node && target_node->ParentNode == NULL && target_node->IsCentralNode() && split_dir != ImGuiDir_None) split_outer = true; ImGuiDockPreviewData split_data; - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(target, target_node, payload, &split_data, false, split_outer); + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(target, target_node, payload_window, payload_node, &split_data, false, split_outer); if (split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].IsInverted()) return false; *out_pos = split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].GetCenter(); @@ -14508,7 +15589,7 @@ int ImGui::DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window) if (tab_bar == NULL) return -1; ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId); - return tab ? tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) : -1; + return tab ? TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) : -1; } static void DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -14672,15 +15753,12 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* s src_node->TabBar = NULL; } - for (int n = 0; n < src_node->Windows.Size; n++) + // Tab order is not important here, it is preserved by sorting in DockNodeUpdateTabBar(). + for (ImGuiWindow* window : src_node->Windows) { - // DockNode's TabBar may have non-window Tabs manually appended by user - if (ImGuiWindow* window = src_tab_bar ? src_tab_bar->Tabs[n].Window : src_node->Windows[n]) - { - window->DockNode = NULL; - window->DockIsActive = false; - DockNodeAddWindow(dst_node, window, move_tab_bar ? false : true); - } + window->DockNode = NULL; + window->DockIsActive = false; + DockNodeAddWindow(dst_node, window, !move_tab_bar); } src_node->Windows.clear(); @@ -15112,8 +16190,17 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->IsSplitNode()) IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL); if (node->IsRootNode()) - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->ParentWindow == host_window) - node->LastFocusedNodeId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode->ID; + if (ImGuiWindow* p_window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->RootWindow : NULL) + while (p_window != NULL && p_window->DockNode != NULL) + { + ImGuiDockNode* p_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(p_window->DockNode); + if (p_node == node) + { + node->LastFocusedNodeId = p_window->DockNode->ID; // Note: not using root node ID! + break; + } + p_window = p_node->HostWindow ? p_node->HostWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + } // Register a hit-test hole in the window unless we are currently dragging a window that is compatible with our dockspace ImGuiDockNode* central_node = node->CentralNode; @@ -15148,7 +16235,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Update position/size, process and draw resizing splitters if (node->IsRootNode() && host_window) { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node, host_window->Pos, host_window->Size); DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node); } @@ -15156,7 +16242,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node) if (host_window && node->IsEmpty() && node->IsVisible) { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); node->LastBgColor = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) ? 0 : GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg); if (node->LastBgColor != 0) host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, node->LastBgColor); @@ -15169,7 +16255,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0; if (render_dockspace_bg && node->IsVisible) { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); if (central_node_hole) RenderRectFilledWithHole(host_window->DrawList, node->Rect(), central_node->Rect(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg), 0.0f); else @@ -15178,7 +16264,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Draw and populate Tab Bar if (host_window) - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); if (host_window && node->Windows.Size > 0) { DockNodeUpdateTabBar(node, host_window); @@ -15192,7 +16278,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->TabBar && node->TabBar->SelectedTabId) node->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->SelectedTabId; else if (node->Windows.Size > 0) - node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->ID; + node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->TabId; // Draw payload drop target if (host_window && node->IsVisible) @@ -15213,13 +16299,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Render outer borders last (after the tab bar) if (node->IsRootNode()) - { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); RenderWindowOuterBorders(host_window); - } - - // Further rendering (= hosted windows background) will be drawn on layer 0 - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); } // End host window @@ -15237,11 +16317,39 @@ static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByDockOrder(const void* lhs, const void* r return (a->BeginOrderWithinContext - b->BeginOrderWithinContext); } -static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +// Default handler for g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(): display the list of windows for a given dock-node. +// This is exceptionally stored in a function pointer to also user applications to tweak this menu (undocumented) +// Custom overrides may want to decorate, group, sort entries. +// Please note those are internal structures: if you copy this expect occasional breakage. +void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + IM_UNUSED(ctx); + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1) + { + // "Hide tab bar" option. Being one of our rare user-facing string we pull it from a table. + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar), NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) + node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; + } + else + { + // Display a selectable list of windows in this docking node + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + if (Selectable(TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); + SameLine(); + Text(" "); + } + } +} + +static void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { // Try to position the menu so it is more likely to stays within the same viewport ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID ret_tab_id = 0; if (g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); else @@ -15249,27 +16357,9 @@ static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* if (BeginPopup("#WindowMenu")) { node->IsFocused = true; - if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1) - { - if (MenuItem("Hide tab bar", NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) - node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; - } - else - { - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) - continue; - if (Selectable(tab_bar->GetTabName(tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) - ret_tab_id = tab->ID; - SameLine(); - Text(" "); - } - } + g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(&g, node, tab_bar); EndPopup(); } - return ret_tab_id; } // User helper to append/amend into a dock node tab bar. Most commonly used to add e.g. a "+" button. @@ -15294,7 +16384,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeEndAmendTabBar() End(); } -static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* root_node, ImGuiWindow* host_window) +static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* root_node) { // CTRL+Tab highlight (only highlighting leaf node, not whole hierarchy) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -15302,10 +16392,17 @@ static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* ro return (g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode == node); // FIXME-DOCKING: May want alternative to treat central node void differently? e.g. if (g.NavWindow == host_window) - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == host_window->RootWindowDockTree && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID) - for (ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode; parent_node != NULL; parent_node = parent_node->HostWindow ? parent_node->HostWindow->RootWindow->DockNode : NULL) + if (g.NavWindow && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID) + { + // FIXME: This could all be backed in RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight? Probably need to reorganize for both dock nodes + other RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight users (not-node) + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow; + while (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow->RootWindow; + ImGuiDockNode* start_parent_node = parent_window->DockNodeAsHost ? parent_window->DockNodeAsHost : parent_window->DockNode; + for (ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = start_parent_node; parent_node != NULL; parent_node = parent_node->HostWindow ? parent_node->HostWindow->RootWindow->DockNode : NULL) if ((parent_node = ImGui::DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)) == root_node) return true; + } return false; } @@ -15324,7 +16421,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Decide if we should use a focused title bar color bool is_focused = false; ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); - if (IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(node, root_node, host_window)) + if (IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(node, root_node)) is_focused = true; // Hidden tab bar will show a triangle on the upper-left (in Begin) @@ -15375,8 +16472,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Could we recycle popups id across multiple dock nodes? if (has_window_menu_button && IsPopupOpen("#WindowMenu")) { - if (ImGuiID tab_id = DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(node, tab_bar)) - focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_id; + ImGuiID next_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; + DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(node, tab_bar); + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != next_selected_tab_id) + focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; is_focused |= node->IsFocused; } @@ -15430,7 +16529,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode == node) - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->ID; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->TabId; // Selected newly added tabs, or persistent tab ID if the tab bar was just recreated if (tab_bar_is_recreated && TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, node->SelectedTabId) != NULL) @@ -15762,20 +16861,21 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir // host_node may be NULL if the window doesn't have a DockNode already. // FIXME-DOCK: This is misnamed since it's also doing the filtering. -static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* root_payload, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking) +static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has inactive nodes. // In this case DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos() will have selected a leaf node which is inactive. // Because the inactive leaf node doesn't have proper pos/size yet, we'll use the root node as reference. - ImGuiDockNode* root_payload_as_host = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost; + if (payload_node == NULL) + payload_node = payload_window->DockNodeAsHost; ImGuiDockNode* ref_node_for_rect = (host_node && !host_node->IsVisible) ? DockNodeGetRootNode(host_node) : host_node; if (ref_node_for_rect) IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible == true); // Filter, figure out where we are allowed to dock - ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = root_payload_as_host ? root_payload_as_host->MergedFlags : root_payload->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; + ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = payload_node ? payload_node->MergedFlags : payload_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->MergedFlags : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; data->IsCenterAvailable = true; if (is_outer_docking) @@ -15784,7 +16884,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN data->IsCenterAvailable = false; else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode()) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && root_payload_as_host && root_payload_as_host->IsSplitNode() && (root_payload_as_host->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split? + else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && payload_node && payload_node->IsSplitNode() && (payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split? data->IsCenterAvailable = false; else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; @@ -15802,7 +16902,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN data->IsSidesAvailable = false; // Build a tentative future node (reuse same structure because it is practical. Shape will be readjusted when previewing a split) - data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (root_payload->HasCloseButton); + data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (payload_window->HasCloseButton); data->FutureNode.HasWindowMenuButton = host_node ? true : ((host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0); data->FutureNode.Pos = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Pos : host_window->Pos; data->FutureNode.Size = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Size : host_window->Size; @@ -15839,7 +16939,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; ImVec2 pos_new, pos_old = data->FutureNode.Pos; ImVec2 size_new, size_old = data->FutureNode.Size; - DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, split_dir, root_payload->Size); + DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, split_dir, payload_window->Size); // Calculate split ratio so we can pass it down the docking request float split_ratio = ImSaturate(size_new[split_axis] / data->FutureNode.Size[split_axis]); @@ -15895,11 +16995,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock if (!host_node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !host_node->IsNoTabBar()) tab_pos.x += host_node->TabBar->WidthAllTabs + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We don't use OffsetNewTab because when using non-persistent-order tab bar it is incremented with each Tab submission. else - tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_node->Windows[0]->Name, host_node->Windows[0]->HasCloseButton).x; + tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_node->Windows[0]).x; } else if (!(host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) { - tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_window->Name, host_window->HasCloseButton).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar + tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_window).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar } // Draw tab shape/label preview (payload may be a loose window or a host window carrying multiple tabbed windows) @@ -15917,7 +17017,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock continue; // Calculate the tab bounding box for each payload window - ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload_window->Name, payload_window->HasCloseButton); + ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload_window); ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y); tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]); @@ -16332,7 +17432,8 @@ ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVe if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[1], pos)) return hovered_node; - return NULL; + // This means we are hovering over the splitter/spacing of a parent node + return node; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -16383,11 +17484,12 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond) // Create an explicit dockspace node within an existing window. Also expose dock node flags and creates a CentralNode by default. // The Central Node is always displayed even when empty and shrink/extend according to the requested size of its neighbors. // DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app. +// When ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly is set, nothing is submitted in the current window (function may be called from any location). ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) return 0; @@ -16396,6 +17498,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags // If for whichever reason this is causing problem we would need to ensure that DockNodeUpdateTabBar() ends up clearing NextSelectedTabId even if SkipItems=true. if (window->SkipItems) flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly; + if ((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) == 0) + window = GetCurrentWindow(); // call to set window->WriteAccessed = true; IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0); IM_ASSERT(id != 0); @@ -16476,7 +17580,13 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags DockNodeUpdate(node); End(); + + ImRect bb(node->Pos, node->Pos + size); ItemSize(size); + ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); // Not a nav point (could be, would need to draw the nav rect and replicate/refactor activation from BeginChild(), but seems like CTRL+Tab works better here?) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, host_window, false, true)) // To fullfill IsItemHovered(), similar to EndChild() + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + return id; } @@ -16551,7 +17661,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id) else { // Apply to settings - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(window_id); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(window_id); if (settings == NULL) settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window_name); settings->DockId = node_id; @@ -16832,8 +17942,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_ dst_window->SizeFull = src_window->SizeFull; dst_window->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed; } - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindOrCreateWindowSettings(dst_name)) + else { + ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(dst_name)); + if (!dst_settings) + dst_settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(dst_name); ImVec2ih window_pos_2ih = ImVec2ih(src_window->Pos); if (src_window->ViewportId != 0 && src_window->ViewportId != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) { @@ -16879,7 +17992,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks ImGuiID src_dock_id = 0; if (ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByID(src_window_id)) src_dock_id = src_window->DockId; - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettings(src_window_id)) + else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(src_window_id)) src_dock_id = src_window_settings->DockId; ImGuiID dst_dock_id = 0; for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2) @@ -16905,8 +18018,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks } } - // Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that were docked in src_dockspace_id but are not owned by it (unaffiliated windows, e.g. "ImGui Demo") + // Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that are not included in the remapping list. // Find those windows and move to them to the cloned dock node. This may be optional? + // Dock those are a second step as undocking would invalidate source dock nodes. + struct DockRemainingWindowTask { ImGuiWindow* Window; ImGuiID DockId; DockRemainingWindowTask(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id) { Window = window; DockId = dock_id; } }; + ImVector dock_remaining_windows; for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2) if (ImGuiID src_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n]) { @@ -16920,9 +18036,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks // Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy. IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window '%s' %08X -> %08X\n", window->Name, src_dock_id, dst_dock_id); - DockBuilderDockWindow(window->Name, dst_dock_id); + dock_remaining_windows.push_back(DockRemainingWindowTask(window, dst_dock_id)); } } + for (const DockRemainingWindowTask& task : dock_remaining_windows) + DockBuilderDockWindow(task.Window->Name, task.DockId); } // FIXME-DOCK: This is awkward because in series of split user is likely to loose access to its root node. @@ -17201,17 +18319,19 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) const bool do_preview = payload->IsPreview() || payload->IsDelivery(); if (do_preview && (node != NULL || dock_into_floating_window)) { + // If we have a non-leaf node it means we are hovering the border of a parent node, in which case only outer markers will appear. ImGuiDockPreviewData split_inner; ImGuiDockPreviewData split_outer; ImGuiDockPreviewData* split_data = &split_inner; - if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode())) + if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode() || !node->IsLeafNode())) if (ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node)) { - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, root_node, payload_window, &split_outer, is_explicit_target, true); + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, root_node, payload_window, NULL, &split_outer, is_explicit_target, true); if (split_outer.IsSplitDirExplicit) split_data = &split_outer; } - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, node, payload_window, &split_inner, is_explicit_target, false); + if (!node || node->IsLeafNode()) + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, node, payload_window, NULL, &split_inner, is_explicit_target, false); if (split_data == &split_outer) split_inner.IsDropAllowed = false; @@ -17464,9 +18584,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings // Win32 clipboard implementation // We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return NULL; @@ -17527,8 +18647,9 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) } } -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx) { + ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx; if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); @@ -17546,7 +18667,6 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) CFDataRef cf_data; if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); @@ -17563,15 +18683,15 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) #else // Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx; return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); } -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); @@ -17593,15 +18713,10 @@ static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatf { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (hwnd == 0) - hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; -#endif if (hwnd == 0) return; - ::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0); - + //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0); if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) { COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {}; @@ -17657,7 +18772,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; - float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f; + float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) { @@ -17703,11 +18818,60 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); } -static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { const ImGuiViewportP* a = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)lhs; const ImGuiViewportP* b = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)rhs; - return b->LastFrontMostStampCount - a->LastFrontMostStampCount; + return b->LastFocusedStampCount - a->LastFocusedStampCount; +} + +// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys +void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); + const float key_rounding = 3.0f; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + + ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); + ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y); + + struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; }; + const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] = + { + { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R }, + { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F }, + { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } + }; + + // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. + // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. + Dummy(board_max - board_min); + if (!IsItemVisible()) + return; + draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + { + const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; + ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); + ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); + draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); + ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); + ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); + draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); + ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); + draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + } + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } // Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct. @@ -17750,9 +18914,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -17770,10 +18933,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) DebugNodeFont(font); PopID(); } - if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons + ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); TreePop(); } @@ -17830,8 +18996,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } @@ -17945,6 +19111,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) } } + Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + TreePop(); } @@ -18025,12 +19195,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) viewports.resize(g.Viewports.Size); memcpy(viewports.Data, g.Viewports.Data, g.Viewports.size_in_bytes()); if (viewports.Size > 1) - ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount); - for (int i = 0; i < viewports.Size; i++) - BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, FrontMostStampCount = %08d, Window: \"%s\"", viewports[i]->Idx, viewports[i]->ID, viewports[i]->LastFrontMostStampCount, viewports[i]->Window ? viewports[i]->Window->Name : "N/A"); + ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : viewports) + BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, LastFocused = %08d, PlatformFocused = %s, Window: \"%s\"", + viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->LastFocusedStampCount, + (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) ? (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport) ? "1" : "0") : "N/A", + viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A"); TreePop(); } - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); TreePop(); @@ -18041,8 +19213,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. + const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -18157,7 +19333,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window->Name; - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->SelectedTabId)) + else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window_settings->GetName(); } BulletText("Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedTabId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedTabId ? "N/A" : ""); @@ -18174,7 +19350,99 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } - // Misc Details + if (TreeNode("Inputs")) + { + Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS"); + { + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. + Indent(); +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; +#else + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } } +#endif + Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } + Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } + Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } + Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); + Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. + DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList()); + Unindent(); + } + + Text("MOUSE STATE"); + { + Indent(); + if (IsMousePosValid()) + Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else + Text("Mouse pos: "); + Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); + int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); + Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } + Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); } + Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); } + Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource)); + Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused + Unindent(); + } + + Text("MOUSE WHEELING"); + { + Indent(); + Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer); + Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : ""); + Unindent(); + } + + Text("KEY OWNERS"); + { + Indent(); + if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr, + owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); + } + EndListBox(); + } + Unindent(); + } + Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING"); + { + Indent(); + if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; ) + { + char key_chord_name[64]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); + Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; + } + } + EndListBox(); + } + Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); + Unindent(); + } + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) { Text("WINDOWING"); @@ -18182,7 +19450,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree->Name : "NULL"); Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - Text("HoveredDockNode: 0x%08X", g.HoveredDockNode ? g.HoveredDockNode->ID : 0); + Text("HoveredDockNode: 0x%08X", g.DebugHoveredDockNode ? g.DebugHoveredDockNode->ID : 0); Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport->ID, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0); Unindent(); @@ -18190,23 +19458,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("ITEMS"); Indent(); Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource)); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId); Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - - int active_id_using_key_input_count = 0; - for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) - active_id_using_key_input_count += g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[n] ? 1 : 0; - Text("ActiveIdUsing: Wheel: %d, NavDirMask: %X, NavInputMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %d key(s)", g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask, active_id_using_key_input_count); + Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame + Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); Unindent(); Text("NAV,FOCUS"); Indent(); Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId); Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); @@ -18270,11 +19538,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Overlay: Display Docking info - if (cfg->ShowDockingNodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.HoveredDockNode) + if (cfg->ShowDockingNodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.DebugHoveredDockNode) { char buf[64] = ""; char* p = buf; - ImGuiDockNode* node = g.HoveredDockNode; + ImGuiDockNode* node = g.DebugHoveredDockNode; ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport()); p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "DockId: %X%s\n", node->ID, node->IsCentralNode() ? " *CentralNode*" : ""); p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "WindowClass: %08X\n", node->WindowClass.ClassId); @@ -18342,7 +19610,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label) if (node->Windows.Size > 0) open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %d windows (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", node->Windows.Size, node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); else - open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %s split (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical" : "n/a", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); + open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %s (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal split" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical split" : "empty", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); if (!is_alive) { PopStyleColor(); } if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) if (ImGuiWindow* window = node->HostWindow ? node->HostWindow : node->VisibleWindow) @@ -18382,6 +19650,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label) DebugNodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[1], "Child[1]"); if (node->TabBar) DebugNodeTabBar(node->TabBar, "TabBar"); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&node->Windows, "Windows"); + TreePop(); } } @@ -18588,9 +19858,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) if (!glyph) continue; font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip()) { - BeginTooltip(); DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); EndTooltip(); } @@ -18639,8 +19908,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", - tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab)); } p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } @@ -18657,12 +19925,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) { for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; PushID(tab); if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); - Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f", - tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); PopID(); } TreePop(); @@ -18680,9 +19948,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y, viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f); if (viewport->Idx > 0) { SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200, 200); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = viewport->Pos; } } - BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, //(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", // Omitting because it is the standard (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? " IsMinimized" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused) ? " IsFocused" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? " NoTaskBarIcon" : "", @@ -18690,9 +19960,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) ? " NoFocusOnClick" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? " Minimized" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : ""); for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) @@ -18738,13 +20007,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) { ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer]; if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y) - { BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]); - continue; - } - BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); - if (IsItemHovered()) - GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + else + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); } BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); @@ -18770,8 +20036,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + BeginDisabled(); Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->WantDelete) + EndDisabled(); } void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) @@ -18806,7 +20076,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int wi } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) @@ -18825,6 +20095,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); } void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) @@ -18838,23 +20109,50 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) return; } - AlignTextToFramePadding(); - Text("Log events:"); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); + CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + SameLine(); if (CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)) { g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 2; } if (IsItemHovered()) SetTooltip("Clipper log auto-disabled after 2 frames"); + //SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Selection", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Docking", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking); SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Viewport", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport); if (SmallButton("Clear")) + { g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + } SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Copy")) SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); - TextUnformatted(g.DebugLogBuf.begin(), g.DebugLogBuf.end()); // FIXME-OPT: Could use a line index, but TextUnformatted() has a semi-decent fast path for large text. + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; + if (IsItemHovered()) + for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) + { + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) + continue; + ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); + ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); + g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) + DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); + p += 10; + } + } if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) SetScrollHereY(1.0f); EndChild(); @@ -18866,6 +20164,38 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) // [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugLocateId = target_id; + g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugLocateItem(target_id); + GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; + g.DebugLocateId = 0; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); + ImRect r = item_data.Rect; + r.Expand(3.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos; + ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() { @@ -18878,16 +20208,25 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape)) g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - if (IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) + const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); + if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id) { g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; } - SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); - BeginTooltip(); + for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++) + if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) + g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); + if (!BeginTooltip()) + return; Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); - TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); + const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; + if (change_mapping) + Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button."); + else + TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]); EndTooltip(); } @@ -18939,7 +20278,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* dat ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; // Step 0: stack query - // This assume that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. + // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. if (tool->StackLevel == -1) { tool->StackLevel++; @@ -19025,7 +20364,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); SameLine(); TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); - if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) { tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.h index a8a2f73..ca5bc9b 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui.h @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (headers) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5886 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues @@ -20,6 +20,14 @@ // - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: // please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Library Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.6 WIP" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18954 +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE +#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch +#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch + /* Index of this file: @@ -31,7 +39,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle // [SECTION] ImGuiIO // [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) @@ -42,13 +50,12 @@ Index of this file: #pragma once -// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +// Configuration file with compile-time options +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) #include "imconfig.h" -#endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE @@ -62,15 +69,6 @@ Index of this file: #include // ptrdiff_t, NULL #include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp -// Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.88" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18800 -#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) -#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE -#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch -#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch - // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) // Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) @@ -89,6 +87,7 @@ Index of this file: #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. #if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) @@ -167,21 +166,27 @@ struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always 1 unless multi-viewport are enabled. One per platform window to output to). In the future may represent Platform Monitor struct ImGuiWindowClass; // Window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform backend via altered viewport flags and parent/child info) -// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Enumerations +// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! // In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int; // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen) typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction -typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier -typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) -typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() + +// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build @@ -195,7 +200,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. @@ -257,8 +262,8 @@ struct ImVec2 float x, y; constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } - float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. - float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine. + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; } #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. - IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) // Styles @@ -366,6 +371,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID viewport_id); // set next window viewport IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. @@ -384,9 +390,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates // Windows Scrolling + // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). + // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] @@ -407,8 +415,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets - IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + IMGUI_API void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets + IMGUI_API void PopTabStop(); IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); @@ -421,7 +429,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); // Style read access - // - Use the style editor (ShowStyleEditor() function) to interactively see what the colors are) + // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors. IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API @@ -439,7 +447,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. - IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 @@ -462,7 +470,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" @@ -495,6 +503,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line // Widgets: Main // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected @@ -503,8 +512,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); @@ -513,7 +520,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses - // Widgets: Combo Box + // Widgets: Images + // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + + // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); @@ -524,7 +536,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Drag Sliders // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. - // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', // the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). @@ -532,7 +544,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used. // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. - // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); @@ -551,7 +563,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). - // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); @@ -609,7 +621,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). @@ -663,8 +675,8 @@ namespace ImGui // Tooltips // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true! IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); @@ -679,7 +691,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Popups: begin/end functions // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. - // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! @@ -723,7 +735,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. // - 5. Populate contents: // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. - // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents, + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents, // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! @@ -781,7 +793,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount(); // Tab Bars, Tabs - // Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system. Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself without docking being involved. + // - Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system (when in 'docking' branch). Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself. IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. @@ -855,16 +867,17 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused? + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetItemID(); // get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item @@ -903,12 +916,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); - // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard - // Without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (legacy support) - // - For 'ImGuiKey key' you can still use your legacy native/user indices according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. - // With IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (this is the way forward) - // - Any use of 'ImGuiKey' will assert when key < 512 will be passed, previously reserved as native/user keys indices - // - GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined) + // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard/Mouse/Gamepad + // - the ImGuiKey enum contains all possible keyboard, mouse and gamepad inputs (e.g. ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp...). + // - before v1.87, we used ImGuiKey to carry native/user indices as defined by each backends. About use of those legacy ImGuiKey values: + // - without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (legacy support): you can still use your legacy native/user indices (< 512) according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[], but need to cast them to ImGuiKey. + // - with IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (this is the way forward): any use of ImGuiKey will assert with key < 512. GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined). IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? @@ -916,7 +928,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. - // Inputs Utilities: Mouse + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') @@ -933,8 +945,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // - IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you - IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type + IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call. // Clipboard Utilities @@ -981,6 +993,7 @@ namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Flags for ImGui::Begin() +// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ { ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0, @@ -1017,13 +1030,11 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() - ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost = 1 << 29 // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame() - - // [Obsolete] - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // [Obsolete] --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by backend (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) + ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost = 1 << 29, // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame() }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive) enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, @@ -1046,12 +1057,11 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19 // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior -#endif + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -1073,7 +1083,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, }; // Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. @@ -1082,7 +1092,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. // - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. // IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter -// and want to another another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag. +// and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly. // - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ { @@ -1096,18 +1106,18 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; // Flags for ImGui::Selectable() enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -1121,7 +1131,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button - ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() @@ -1137,7 +1147,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() @@ -1151,7 +1161,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7 // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() @@ -1171,7 +1181,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // - When ScrollX is on: // - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed // - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. -// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. // - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. // - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). // If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. @@ -1197,8 +1207,8 @@ enum ImGuiTableFlags_ ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. @@ -1212,24 +1222,18 @@ enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Clipping ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). // Padding - ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). // Scrolling - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. // Sorting ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame - - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2020/12 - //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2021/01 -#endif + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, }; // Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() @@ -1266,19 +1270,14 @@ enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30 // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) - - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents. -#endif + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) }; // Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ { - ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0 // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) }; // Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() @@ -1286,16 +1285,16 @@ enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. // - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. // - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. -// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color changes should override or blend with the existing color. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. // When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. // If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. // If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ { - ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3 // Set cell background color (top-most color) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() @@ -1307,7 +1306,7 @@ enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows, }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() @@ -1328,7 +1327,12 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, - ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, + + // Hovering delays (for tooltips) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::DockSpace(), shared/inherited by child nodes. @@ -1343,7 +1347,7 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode = 1 << 3, // Shared // Enable passthru dockspace: 1) DockSpace() will render a ImGuiCol_WindowBg background covering everything excepted the Central Node when empty. Meaning the host window should probably use SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f) prior to Begin() when using this. 2) When Central Node is empty: let inputs pass-through + won't display a DockingEmptyBg background. See demo for details. ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit = 1 << 4, // Shared/Local // Disable splitting the node into smaller nodes. Useful e.g. when embedding dockspaces into a main root one (the root one may have splitting disabled to reduce confusion). Note: when turned off, existing splits will be preserved. ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Shared/Local // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programmatically setup dockspaces. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6 // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6, // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -1351,8 +1355,8 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ { ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // Disable preview tooltip. By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. @@ -1361,7 +1365,7 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -1403,9 +1407,12 @@ enum ImGuiSortDirection_ ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; -// Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87) -// Keys value >= 512 are named keys (>= 1.87) -enum ImGuiKey_ +// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values. +// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87). +// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. +// Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 +// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter(). +enum ImGuiKey : int { // Keyboard ImGuiKey_None = 0, @@ -1459,113 +1466,95 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, - // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION action - ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) // -- - ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) // -- - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Input - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Activate - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Menu - ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_Cancel - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft - ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // -> ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight - ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev + ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow - ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // -> ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext + ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast - ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trigger (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trigger (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Thumbstick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) - ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Thumbstick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft - ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // -> ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight - ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] - ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) + ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + + // Aliases: Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API. + ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, + + // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage + ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper, + ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc. - // - Code polling every keys (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those - // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiKey_ModCtrl). + // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those + // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl). // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper, - - // End of list - ImGuiKey_COUNT, // No valid ImGuiKey is ever greater than this value - - // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + a io.KeyMap[] array. + ImGuiMod_None = 0, + ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl + ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift + ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu + ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS). + ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits + + // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #else - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0 // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter // Renamed in 1.87 + ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 #endif }; -// Helper "flags" version of key-mods to store and compare multiple key-mods easily. Sometimes used for storage (e.g. io.KeyMods) but otherwise not much used in public API. -enum ImGuiModFlags_ -{ - ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, - ImGuiModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, - ImGuiModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, // Menu - ImGuiModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 // Cmd/Super/Windows key -}; - -// Gamepad/Keyboard navigation -// Since >= 1.87 backends you generally don't need to care about this enum since io.NavInputs[] is setup automatically. This might become private/internal some day. -// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.AddKeyEvent() calls. -// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets. -enum ImGuiNavInput_ -{ - // Gamepad Mapping - ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // Cancel / Close / Exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Input, // Text input / On-Screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // Tap: Toggle menu / Hold: Focus, Move, Resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // Move / Tweak / Resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // Scroll / Move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down - ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // Focus Next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // Focus Prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // Slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // Faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - - // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. - // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from keyboard keys instead of io.NavInputs[]. - ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // Move left // = Arrow keys - ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // Move right - ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // Move up - ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // Move down - ImGuiNavInput_COUNT +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. +// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. +// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +enum ImGuiNavInput +{ + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, + ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, }; +#endif // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.AddKeyEvent() calls - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui backend to fill io.NavInputs[]. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. @@ -1582,7 +1571,7 @@ enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. - ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21, // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; // Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. @@ -1597,7 +1586,7 @@ enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // [BETA] Viewports ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports = 1 << 10, // Backend Platform supports multiple viewports. ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport=1 << 11, // Backend Platform supports calling io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport under the mouse. IF POSSIBLE, ignore viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag (Win32 backend, GLFW 3.30+ backend can do this, SDL backend cannot). If this cannot be done, Dear ImGui needs to use a flawed heuristic to find the viewport under. - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports = 1 << 12 // Backend Renderer supports multiple viewports. + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports = 1 << 12, // Backend Renderer supports multiple viewports. }; // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() @@ -1696,6 +1685,9 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float SeparatorTextBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,// ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT }; @@ -1709,7 +1701,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // [Internal] ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1750,14 +1742,15 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, - // Obsolete names (will be removed) - // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] }; // Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. // We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, @@ -1765,12 +1758,10 @@ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget - ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp // [renamed in 1.79] -#endif + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] }; // Identify a mouse button. @@ -1791,7 +1782,7 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window @@ -1800,16 +1791,28 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT }; +// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data. +// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent() +// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about. +// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent(). +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int +{ + ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0, // Input is coming from an actual mouse. + ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen, // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible). + ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates). + ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT +}; + // Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions // Represent a condition. // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ { ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable) + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1858,7 +1861,7 @@ struct ImVector // Constructors, destructor inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } - inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything @@ -1922,7 +1925,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). - ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. @@ -1945,10 +1948,13 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. - float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText() + ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later. @@ -1971,7 +1977,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. -// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and not io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration. +// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration. struct ImGuiKeyData { bool Down; // True for if key is down @@ -1996,9 +2002,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. + float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. + float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. + void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data. ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts @@ -2023,11 +2031,20 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + // Debug options + // - tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // - presently Begn()/End() and BeginChild()EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() + // this is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. + // - we expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provided tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce; // = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop; // = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. + //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Platform Functions // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) @@ -2064,12 +2081,13 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change - IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left. + IMGUI_API void AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source); // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen) IMGUI_API void AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID id); // Queue a mouse hovered viewport. Requires backend to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport to call this (for multi-viewport support). IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from an UTF-8 string + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. @@ -2089,7 +2107,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). - float Framerate; // Rough estimate of application framerate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames. + float Framerate; // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally. int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows @@ -2099,32 +2117,36 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). + // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). + // Main Input State // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen). ImGuiID MouseHoveredViewport; // (Optional) Modify using io.AddMouseViewportEvent(). With multi-viewports: viewport the OS mouse is hovering. If possible _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is much better (few backends can handle that). Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport if you can provide this info. If you don't imgui will infer the value using the rectangles and last focused time of the viewports it knows about (ignoring other OS windows). bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls - ImGuiModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() - ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking @@ -2136,12 +2158,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system. float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) - float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent() bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents() @@ -2168,6 +2189,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only @@ -2199,7 +2221,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData { - void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>). ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. @@ -2273,7 +2295,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Unicode defines @@ -2284,7 +2306,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs #define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. #endif -// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame { @@ -2392,7 +2414,7 @@ struct ImGuiStorage }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse // clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view. // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. // (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally @@ -2413,6 +2435,7 @@ struct ImGuiStorage // - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items @@ -2436,6 +2459,32 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper #endif }; +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space. +// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h) +// - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy. +// - We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. +#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE +#endif + // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors // User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. #ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT @@ -2538,7 +2587,7 @@ struct ImDrawVert #else // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. -// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up. // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif @@ -2593,7 +2642,7 @@ enum ImDrawFlags_ ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. - ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, }; // Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. @@ -2604,7 +2653,7 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_ ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). - ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; // Draw command list @@ -2626,7 +2675,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // [Internal, used while building lists] unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. - const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) + ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) @@ -2638,7 +2687,7 @@ struct ImDrawList float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } + ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) @@ -2655,7 +2704,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. - // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides. IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) @@ -2723,10 +2772,9 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) - inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) -#endif + // Obsolete names + //inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + //inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) // [Internal helpers] IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); @@ -2779,7 +2827,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. - const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. + const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. @@ -2841,7 +2889,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) - ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2 // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2, // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). }; // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: @@ -2860,7 +2908,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. // You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. -// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -2884,7 +2932,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel - bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't built texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent... + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent... void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } //------------------------------------------- @@ -2895,6 +2943,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs @@ -2931,6 +2980,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false). bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. + void* UserData; // Store your own atlas related user-data (if e.g. you have multiple font atlas). // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. @@ -2979,8 +3029,10 @@ struct ImFont const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. - ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering. + short EllipsisCharCount; // 1 // out // 1 or 3 + float EllipsisWidth; // 4 // out // Width + float EllipsisCharStep; // 4 // out // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0 bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] @@ -3023,17 +3075,20 @@ enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) - ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: Was created/managed by the user application? (rather than our backend) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration = 1 << 3, // Platform Window: Disable platform decorations: title bar, borders, etc. (generally set all windows, but if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsDecoration is set we only set this on popups/tooltips) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon = 1 << 4, // Platform Window: Disable platform task bar icon (generally set on popups/tooltips, or all windows if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoTaskBarIcon is set) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 5, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when created. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick = 1 << 6, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when clicked on. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 7, // Platform Window: Make mouse pass through so we can drag this window while peaking behind it. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear = 1 << 8, // Platform Window: Renderer doesn't need to clear the framebuffer ahead (because we will fill it entirely). - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 9, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). - ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized = 1 << 10, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 11, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). - ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 12 // Main viewport: can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 9, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). + ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 10, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). + ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 11, // Viewport can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). // FIXME: In practice there's still probably code making the assumption that this is always and only on the MainViewport. Will fix once we add support for "no main viewport". + + // Output status flags (from Platform) + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized = 1 << 12, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 13, // Platform Window: Window is focused (last call to Platform_GetWindowFocus() returned true) }; // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -3064,6 +3119,7 @@ struct ImGuiViewport void* PlatformUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function. void* PlatformHandle; // void* for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). (e.g. suggested to use natural platform handle such as HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*) void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms), when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*) + bool PlatformWindowCreated; // Platform window has been created (Platform_CreateWindow() has been called). This is false during the first frame where a viewport is being created. bool PlatformRequestMove; // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position) bool PlatformRequestResize; // Platform window requested resize (e.g. window was resized by the OS / host window manager, authoritative size will be OS window size) bool PlatformRequestClose; // Platform window requested closure (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, e.g. pressing ALT-F4) @@ -3194,7 +3250,8 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor ImVec2 MainPos, MainSize; // Coordinates of the area displayed on this monitor (Min = upper left, Max = bottom right) ImVec2 WorkPos, WorkSize; // Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. Used to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. If you don't have this info, please copy the value for MainPos/MainSize. float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI - ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; } + void* PlatformHandle; // Backend dependant data (e.g. HMONITOR, GLFWmonitor*, SDL Display Index, NSScreen*) + ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; PlatformHandle = NULL; } }; // (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. @@ -3216,53 +3273,57 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData namespace ImGui { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] #else - static inline int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } + static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } #endif } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) + static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushTabStop(tab_stop); } + static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopTabStop(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) - static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) - static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items - static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } - static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) - static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! - // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) - // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags. - // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. - IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) - static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before + //static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) //static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) //static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) //static inline void SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f) { SetScrollHereY(ratio); } // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018) //static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before //static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018) //static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) //static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) @@ -3270,6 +3331,19 @@ namespace ImGui //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) //static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //IMGUI_API bool Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha(). + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead. + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before + //static inline bool CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49 + //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline float GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 } // OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() @@ -3285,12 +3359,15 @@ enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, }; -// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022) -typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; -enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = ImGuiModFlags_None, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiModFlags_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiModFlags_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiModFlags_Super }; +// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) +// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. +typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. +enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int +//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_demo.cpp index da687a5..3045c8b 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,18 +1,22 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (demo code) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// ------------------------------------------------- +// PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! +// ------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: -// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other -// coders will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available -// debug menu of your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone -// in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. +// Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. +// Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! +// Also include Metrics! ItemPicker! DebugLog! and other debug features. +// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, +// likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. // Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). // If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be // linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. @@ -34,7 +38,7 @@ // - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. // - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. // - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided -// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// by imgui.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional // and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. @@ -46,15 +50,18 @@ Index of this file: -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Helpers // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// - ShowDemoWindow() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() @@ -95,7 +102,7 @@ Index of this file: #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything @@ -188,14 +195,26 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); +// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions +// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); +static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. // In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md) static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -213,79 +232,39 @@ static void ShowDockingDisabledMessage() io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable; } -// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to a interactive browser +// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to an interactive browser typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data); -extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback; -extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData; -ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; -void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; +extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback; +extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData; +ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; +void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; #define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) -// Helper to display basic user controls. -void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); - ImGui::BulletText( - "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" - "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); - ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); - if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); - ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); - ImGui::Unindent(); - ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); - ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); - ImGui::Unindent(); -} - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowDemoWindow() // - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - ShowDemoWindowLayout() // - ShowDemoWindowPopups() // - ShowDemoWindowTables() // - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions -// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); -static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. // You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most ImGui functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. + // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; static bool show_app_dockspace = false; static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; static bool show_app_log = false; static bool show_app_layout = false; @@ -301,7 +280,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); if (show_app_dockspace) ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&show_app_dockspace); // Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); // Process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); @@ -314,7 +292,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) static bool show_app_metrics = false; static bool show_app_debug_log = false; static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; @@ -379,10 +357,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); @@ -450,7 +426,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); ImGui::Separator(); @@ -466,6 +442,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); @@ -525,18 +502,32 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors); ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug"); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); // . + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); @@ -547,17 +538,18 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. - // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. - ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); + // FIXME: Maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent to keep label bright? + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); @@ -566,7 +558,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); @@ -615,7 +607,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); ShowDemoWindowTables(); - ShowDemoWindowMisc(); + ShowDemoWindowInputs(); // End of ShowDemoWindow() ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -635,6 +627,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); static int clicked = 0; if (ImGui::Button("Button")) @@ -689,35 +683,41 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); - ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("- or me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); + // Tooltips + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); + //ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Fancy"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Delayed"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // With a delay + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); } - ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); - { - // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here - // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; - static int item_current = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); - } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "USER:\n" "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" - "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" + "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" @@ -761,6 +761,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; @@ -777,6 +779,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); static int i1 = 0; @@ -803,6 +807,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selectors/Pickers"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; @@ -817,6 +823,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); } + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; + static int item_current = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + } + { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. @@ -1046,7 +1063,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. ImGui::TextWrapped( - "CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. @@ -1087,16 +1104,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; { + static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint); ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); float region_sz = 32.0f; float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; @@ -1119,15 +1137,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int pressed_count = 0; for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. + // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. + // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples ImGui::PushID(i); - int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 == uses default padding (style.FramePadding) - ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h);// UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture - ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, frame_padding, bg_col, tint_col)) + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) pressed_count += 1; + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::SameLine(); } @@ -1139,6 +1163,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) { + // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); @@ -1503,7 +1528,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static char buf3[64]; static int edit_count = 0; ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edits + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1743,7 +1768,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. struct Funcs { @@ -1751,7 +1776,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } }; static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions"); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -1794,6 +1819,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool drag_and_drop = true; static bool options_menu = true; static bool hdr = false; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Options"); ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); @@ -1802,6 +1828,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inline color editor"); ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" @@ -1899,7 +1926,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); - ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Color picker"); static bool alpha = true; static bool alpha_bar = true; static bool side_preview = true; @@ -2028,7 +2055,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - integer/float/double // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer. - // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. + // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each type. // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: @@ -2070,10 +2097,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() const float drag_speed = 0.2f; static bool drag_clamp = false; IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); - ImGui::Text("Drags:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" + "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); @@ -2090,7 +2117,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); @@ -2115,7 +2142,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders (reverse)"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); @@ -2125,7 +2152,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; - ImGui::Text("Inputs"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); @@ -2149,22 +2176,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); @@ -2372,7 +2400,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); - // Submit selected item item so we can query their status in the code following it. + // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it. bool ret = false; static bool b = false; static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; @@ -2396,6 +2424,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions, @@ -2440,6 +2472,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); + ImGui::BulletText( + "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); if (item_disabled) ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -2559,6 +2593,26 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); ImGui::TreePop(); } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() @@ -2570,6 +2624,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("Child windows"); + HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; static bool disable_menu = false; @@ -2622,7 +2678,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced"); // Demonstrate a few extra things // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) @@ -3386,8 +3442,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) { - ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Aquarium"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) selected_fish = i; @@ -3473,7 +3528,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) // OpenPopup(id); // return BeginPopup(id); - // For advanced advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. + // For advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem(). // Example 1 @@ -3481,11 +3536,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. { const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" }; + static int selected = -1; for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) { - ImGui::Selectable(names[n]); + if (ImGui::Selectable(names[n], selected == n)) + selected = n; if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id { + selected = n; ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]); if (ImGui::Button("Close")) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); @@ -3561,7 +3619,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { - ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); + ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!"); ImGui::Separator(); //static int unused_i = 0; @@ -3641,7 +3699,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() } // Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo. -// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure if defined inside the demo function) +// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure is defined inside the demo function) namespace { // We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code. @@ -3744,9 +3802,8 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) } ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) { @@ -3860,7 +3917,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex(). - // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each columns. + // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each column. HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3)) { @@ -3878,10 +3935,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(), - // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new roes as needed. + // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. HelpMarker( - "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cells contains the same type of contents.\n" + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) { @@ -3933,7 +3990,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton); ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -3972,8 +4029,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch")) { - // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each columns is "Stretch" - // Each columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. + // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each column is "Stretch" + // All columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); @@ -4095,7 +4152,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4153,7 +4210,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() "- any form of row selection\n" "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" - "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasis how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); + "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4622,7 +4679,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables")) { - HelpMarker("This demonstrate embedding a table into another table cell."); + HelpMarker("This demonstrates embedding a table into another table cell."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) { @@ -4667,7 +4724,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { - HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would requires a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) { for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) @@ -5086,18 +5143,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances")) { HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit); for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { char buf[32]; sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n); bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen); - if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 5))) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); - for (int cell = 0; cell < 9; cell++) + const int cell_count = (n == 1) ? 27 : 9; // Make second table have a scrollbar to verify that additional decoration is not affecting column positions. + for (int cell = 0; cell < cell_count; cell++) { ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell); @@ -5229,7 +5291,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() static bool show_headers = true; static bool show_wrapped_text = false; //static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affects column sizing + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affect column sizing if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) { // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields @@ -5256,8 +5318,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -5320,7 +5382,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n" "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n" "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n" - "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch column.\n" + "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch columns.\n" "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set)."); // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling. @@ -5725,141 +5787,51 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } -namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } - -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Filtering"); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus"); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs & Focus")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - // Display ImGuiIO output flags - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Output"); + // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs"); ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Output")) - { - ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); - ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); - ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); - ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); - ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Display Mouse state - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse State"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs")) { + HelpMarker( + "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" + "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" + "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); else ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); - - int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); - ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%d)", i, ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(i)); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - // Display Keyboard/Mouse state - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State")) - { - // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allow displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; - const ImGuiKey key_first = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; + ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #else struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array - const ImGuiKey key_first = 0; - //ImGui::Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } + ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0; #endif - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d (%.02f secs)", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key, ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } } - ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } - ImGui::Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); - ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. - ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f (%.02f secs)", i, io.NavInputs[i], io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); } - - // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys - { - const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); - const float key_rounding = 3.0f; - const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); - const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); - const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; - const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); - const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); - const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; - - ImVec2 board_min = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); - ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y); - - struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; }; - const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] = - { - { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R }, - { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F }, - { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } - }; - - // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. - // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y)); - if (ImGui::IsItemVisible()) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) - { - const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; - ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); - ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); - draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); - ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); - ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); - draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); - ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); - draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); - if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); - } - draw_list->PopClipRect(); - } - } + ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. + ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture override")) + // Display ImGuiIO output flags + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs")) { HelpMarker( "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " @@ -5868,32 +5840,68 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); - ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); + ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - HelpMarker( - "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" - "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); - static int capture_override_mouse = -1; - static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; - const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); - ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); - ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - - ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(256.0f, 192.0f)); // Dummy item - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) - ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) - ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); - + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs/WantCapture override"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("WantCapture override")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + static int capture_override_mouse = -1; + static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; + const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse() on hover", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() on hover", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(128.0f, 96.0f)); // Dummy item + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display mouse cursors + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) + { + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " + "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " + "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Tabbing"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Tabbing"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) { ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); @@ -5901,15 +5909,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushTabStop(false); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopTabStop(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Focus from code"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Focus from code"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code")) { bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -5926,12 +5934,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushTabStop(false); if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopTabStop(); if (has_focus) ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); @@ -5951,7 +5959,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Dragging"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Dragging"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); @@ -5979,30 +5987,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); ImGui::TreePop(); } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse cursors"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) - { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); - ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " - "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " - "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } } } @@ -6107,6 +6091,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef __clang_version__ ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); #endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + ImGui::Text("define: __EMSCRIPTEN__"); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT"); #endif @@ -6276,7 +6263,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) { - ImGui::Text("Main"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Main"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -6286,22 +6273,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Borders"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Borders"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Rounding"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Alignment"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) @@ -6311,9 +6300,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%0.f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -6423,10 +6416,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - { + const bool show_samples = ImGui::IsItemActive(); + if (show_samples) ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + if (show_samples && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); ImGui::Spacing(); ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); @@ -6476,6 +6470,40 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::PopItemWidth(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); + ImGui::BulletText( + "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" + "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); + ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); + if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); + ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); + ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); + ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); + ImGui::Unindent(); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6589,6 +6617,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() IM_ASSERT(0); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {} + ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} } @@ -6710,72 +6739,76 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); - ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } - // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. - // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping - // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then - // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. - // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: - // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - // With: - // ImGuiListClipper clipper; - // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); - // while (clipper.Step()) - // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) - // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, - // without processing all the ones before) - // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. - // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. - // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices - // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, - // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage - // to improve this example code! - // If your items are of variable height: - // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. - // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - { - const char* item = Items[i]; - if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) - continue; + // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. + // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping + // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then + // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. + // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: + // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + // With: + // ImGuiListClipper clipper; + // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); + // while (clipper.Step()) + // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) + // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, + // without processing all the ones before) + // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. + // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. + // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices + // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, + // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage + // to improve this example code! + // If your items are of variable height: + // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. + // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + { + const char* item = Items[i]; + if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) + continue; - // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. - // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) - ImVec4 color; - bool has_color = false; - if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } - else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } - if (has_color) - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); - if (has_color) - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - } - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogFinish(); + // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. + // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) + ImVec4 color; + bool has_color = false; + if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + if (has_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); + if (has_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogFinish(); - if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - ScrollToBottom = false; + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + ScrollToBottom = false; - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::Separator(); // Command-line bool reclaim_focus = false; - ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) { char* s = InputBuf; @@ -7017,63 +7050,66 @@ struct ExampleAppLog Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - - if (clear) - Clear(); - if (copy) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - const char* buf = Buf.begin(); - const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); - if (Filter.IsActive()) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { - // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. - // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter. - // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of - // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). - for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) - { - const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; - const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); - } - } - else - { - // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: - // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); - // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward - // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are - // within the visible area. - // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them - // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires - // - A) random access into your data - // - B) items all being the same height, - // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. - // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display - // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make - // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). - ImGuiListClipper clipper; - clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + if (clear) + Clear(); + if (copy) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + const char* buf = Buf.begin(); + const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); + if (Filter.IsActive()) + { + // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. + // This is because we don't have random access to the result of our filter. + // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of + // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). + for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) { const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); } } - clipper.End(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + else + { + // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: + // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); + // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward + // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are + // within the visible area. + // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them + // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires + // - A) random access into your data + // - B) items all being the same height, + // both of which we can handle since we have an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. + // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display + // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make + // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + clipper.End(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -7125,7 +7161,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W")) { *p_open = false; } ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -7353,53 +7389,84 @@ static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +// Note that size constraints currently don't work on a docked window (when in 'docking' branch) static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { struct CustomConstraints { // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } }; const char* test_desc[] = { + "Between 100x100 and 500x500", + "At least 100x100", "Resize vertical only", "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", + "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", "Custom: Always Square", "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", }; + // Options static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; + static bool window_padding = true; + static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) + // Submit constraint + float aspect_ratio = 16.0f / 9.0f; + float fixed_step = 100.0f; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + + // Submit window + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + const ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + const bool window_open = ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, window_flags); + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + if (window_open) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window"); - if (ImGui::IsWindowDocked()) - ImGui::Text("Warning: Sizing Constraints won't work if the window is docked!"); - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) + { + // Display a dummy viewport (in your real app you would likely use ImageButton() to display a texture. + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::ColorButton("viewport", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.2f, 0.5f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, avail_size); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(pos.x + 10, pos.y + 10)); + ImGui::Text("%.2f x %.2f", avail_size.x, avail_size.y); + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("(Hold SHIFT to display a dummy viewport)"); + if (ImGui::IsWindowDocked()) + ImGui::Text("Warning: Sizing Constraints won't work if the window is docked!"); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + ImGui::Checkbox("Window padding", &window_padding); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } } ImGui::End(); } @@ -7412,29 +7479,35 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) // + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) { - static int corner = 0; + static int location = 0; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; - if (corner != -1) + if (location >= 0) { const float PAD = 10.0f; const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any! ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize; ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot; - window_pos.x = (corner & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); - window_pos.y = (corner & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); - window_pos_pivot.x = (corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - window_pos_pivot.y = (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos.x = (location & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); + window_pos.y = (location & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); + window_pos_pivot.x = (location & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos_pivot.y = (location & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; } + else if (location == -2) + { + // Center window + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags)) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay"); - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "(right-click to change position)"); ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); @@ -7442,11 +7515,12 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, location == -1)) location = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Center", NULL, location == -2)) location = -2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, location == 0)) location = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, location == 1)) location = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, location == 2)) location = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, location == 3)) location = 3; if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndPopup(); } @@ -7465,7 +7539,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) - // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + // Based on your use case you may want one or the other. const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); @@ -7494,8 +7568,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) // [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to all regular items as well. +// Demonstrate the use of "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This applies to all regular items as well. // Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details. static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) { @@ -8039,7 +8113,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_draw.cpp index 830ae3f..f360deb 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -26,38 +26,24 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE #include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" #endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if !defined(alloca) -#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__) -#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) -#elif defined(_WIN32) -#include // alloca -#if !defined(alloca) -#define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen -#endif -#else -#include // alloca -#endif -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#pragma warning (disable: 6255) // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception. Consider using _malloca instead. #pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) #endif @@ -67,9 +53,6 @@ Index of this file: #if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif -#if __has_warning("-Walloca") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca" // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged -#endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. @@ -471,11 +454,13 @@ void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd() // Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() { - if (CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - return; - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + while (CmdBuffer.Size > 0) + { + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + return;// break; CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + } } void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) @@ -728,7 +713,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { - if (points_count < 2) + if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; @@ -761,7 +746,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // Temporary buffer // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5)); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment @@ -985,7 +971,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { - if (points_count < 3) + if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; @@ -1009,7 +995,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } // Compute normals - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; @@ -1303,6 +1290,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, cons ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated } else @@ -1318,6 +1306,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated } else @@ -1332,6 +1321,7 @@ IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 if (flags == ~0) @@ -2306,10 +2296,11 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], fl void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride) { + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride); unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride; - for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride) - for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) - data[i] = table[data[i]]; + for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w) + for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++) + *data = table[*data]; } #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -2326,7 +2317,7 @@ struct ImFontBuildSrcData int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) - ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) + ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet) }; // Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) @@ -2398,7 +2389,12 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + { + // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common + // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent. + IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1]); src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + } dst_tmp.SrcCount++; dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); } @@ -2826,6 +2822,17 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault() return &ranges[0]; } +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() { static const ImWchar ranges[] = @@ -2942,19 +2949,19 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points - // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan - // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ - // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode - // - You can generate this code by the script at: - // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan: + // - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs + // - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/ + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice + // - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji // - References: // - List of Joyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. @@ -3117,7 +3124,8 @@ ImFont::ImFont() FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f; + EllipsisCharCount = 0; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -3205,8 +3213,20 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); - if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) - DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) + { + EllipsisCharCount = 1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1; + } + else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char); + EllipsisChar = dot_char; + EllipsisCharCount = 3; + EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f; + } // Setup fallback character const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; @@ -3338,11 +3358,21 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const return &Glyphs.Data[i]; } -const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const +// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks +static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end) { - // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! - // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) + while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text)) + text++; + if (*text == '\n') + text++; + return text; +} +// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! +// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end. +// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) +const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const +{ // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^ // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!" // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^ @@ -3354,7 +3384,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line. // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish" - float line_width = 0.0f; float word_width = 0.0f; float blank_width = 0.0f; @@ -3365,6 +3394,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c bool inside_word = true; const char* s = text; + IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL); while (s < text_end) { unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; @@ -3373,8 +3403,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c next_s = s + 1; else next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; if (c < 32) { @@ -3434,6 +3462,10 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c s = next_s; } + // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. + // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol). + if (s == text && text < text_end) + return s + 1; return s; } @@ -3458,11 +3490,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { @@ -3471,13 +3499,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons text_size.y += line_height; line_width = 0.0f; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -3486,15 +3508,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const char* prev_s = s; unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3562,15 +3578,25 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); - const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; // Fast-forward to first visible line const char* s = text_begin; - if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y) while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { - s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); - s = s ? s + 1 : text_end; + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + if (word_wrap_enabled) + { + // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). + // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both. + // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward! + s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width); + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); + } + else + { + s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; + } y += line_height; } @@ -3596,12 +3622,12 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6; const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max; draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max); - - ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; - ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; - unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; + unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; while (s < text_end) { @@ -3609,24 +3635,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x)); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { x = start_x; y += line_height; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -3634,15 +3650,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // Decode and advance source unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3713,14 +3723,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: { - idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); - idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3); vtx_write += 4; - vtx_current_idx += 4; + vtx_index += 4; idx_write += 6; } } @@ -3734,7 +3744,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; + draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3787,6 +3797,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir d void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) { + // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); } diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_internal.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_internal.h index 145236d..b32a3e4 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (internal structures/api) -// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! -// Set: -// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) +// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. +// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not conflict with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA with your own math types+operators), use: +/* +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#include "imgui_internal.h" +*/ /* @@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support // [SECTION] Settings support +// [SECTION] Localization support // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools // [SECTION] Generic context hooks // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) @@ -55,7 +58,7 @@ Index of this file: #include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX // Enable SSE intrinsics if available -#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) +#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) #define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE #include #endif @@ -92,6 +95,12 @@ Index of this file: #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif +// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h +// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h +#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED) +#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h! +#endif + // Legacy defines #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS @@ -117,6 +126,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instan struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to avoid style variables from an enum) struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiDockContext; // Docking system context struct ImGuiDockRequest; // Docking system dock/undock queued request @@ -124,7 +134,9 @@ struct ImGuiDockNode; // Docking system node (hold a list of Windo struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings; // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock node isn't active during the session) struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items +struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions @@ -148,16 +160,21 @@ struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) +// Enumerations // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +enum ImGuiLocKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiLocKey // Enum: a localization entry for translation. typedef int ImGuiDataAuthority; // -> enum ImGuiDataAuthority_ // Enum: for storing the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical + +// Flags typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() -typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow(); +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() -typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions @@ -208,16 +225,22 @@ namespace ImStb #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS #define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) #else -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) ((void)0) #endif #endif // Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) +#endif #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) @@ -247,7 +270,9 @@ namespace ImStb #else #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif +#ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override #define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#endif #define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 @@ -309,11 +334,12 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers: Hashing -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0); // Helpers: Sorting #ifndef ImQsort @@ -341,8 +367,11 @@ IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* bu IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Formatting IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); @@ -365,29 +394,6 @@ IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 -// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators -// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) -// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. -#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE -#endif - // Helpers: File System #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS @@ -470,6 +476,7 @@ static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } +static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Geometry @@ -540,9 +547,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } }; -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImBitArray +#define IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +#define IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31)))) // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +inline size_t ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount) { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); } inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } @@ -559,6 +569,8 @@ inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran } } +typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs + // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) // Store 1-bit per value. template @@ -568,11 +580,11 @@ struct ImBitArray ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) - bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } }; // Helper: ImBitVector @@ -582,10 +594,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector ImVector Storage; void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); } void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImSpan<> // Pointing to a span of data we don't own. @@ -698,6 +711,20 @@ struct ImChunkStream }; +// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> +// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. +struct ImGuiTextIndex +{ + ImVector LineOffsets; + int EndOffset = 0; // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?) + + void clear() { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; } + int size() { return LineOffsets.Size; } + const char* get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; } + const char* get_line_end(const char* base, int n) { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); } + void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawList support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -739,6 +766,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + // [Internal] Temp write buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; + // [Internal] Lookup tables ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() @@ -763,23 +793,31 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). +// Flags used by upcoming items +// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags +// Current window shared by all windows. // This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. enum ImGuiItemFlags_ { + // Controlled by user ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav. ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls) ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. - ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 8 // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + + // Controlled by widget code + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. }; -// Storage for LastItem data +// Status flags for an already submitted item +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ { ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, @@ -791,14 +829,16 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8 // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - , // [imgui_tests only] ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // Opened status ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // Checked status + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable = 1 << 24, // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX) #endif }; @@ -808,7 +848,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ // [Internal] ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data - ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28 // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. }; // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ @@ -828,23 +868,25 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease, }; // Extend ImGuiComboFlags_ enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20 // enable BeginComboPreview() + ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview() }; // Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21 + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -856,35 +898,45 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 25, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 26, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 27 // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 27, // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) }; // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ { - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, +}; + +// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags. +// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf() +// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in. +enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal. }; enum ImGuiTextFlags_ { - ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0, }; enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ { - ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -901,7 +953,7 @@ enum ImGuiLogType ImGuiLogType_TTY, ImGuiLogType_File, ImGuiLogType_Buffer, - ImGuiLogType_Clipboard + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, }; // X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 @@ -915,14 +967,22 @@ enum ImGuiAxis enum ImGuiPlotType { ImGuiPlotType_Lines, - ImGuiPlotType_Histogram + ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, }; enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy { ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, +}; + +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo +{ + ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; // 1+ + ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure + void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); } }; struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage @@ -944,7 +1004,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ { ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, - ImGuiDataType_ID + ImGuiDataType_ID, }; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it @@ -1011,10 +1071,20 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); }; +// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState +{ + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated) + ImVector TextA; // text buffer + + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); } +}; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box // For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. @@ -1028,7 +1098,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection bool Edited; // edited this frame - ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } @@ -1053,7 +1123,7 @@ struct ImGuiPopupData { ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup + ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) @@ -1076,7 +1146,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 8, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 10 + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 10, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1111,7 +1181,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData @@ -1152,8 +1222,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes short SizeOfDisabledStack; ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void SetToCurrentState(); - void CompareWithCurrentState(); + void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx); + void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx); }; // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack @@ -1184,15 +1254,30 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex // [SECTION] Inputs support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Bit array for named keys typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; -enum ImGuiKeyPrivate_ -{ - ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN = 0, - ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END = 512, - ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN = ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, - ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END = ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight + 1 -}; +// [Internal] Key ranges +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN 0 +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END 512 +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1) +#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) +#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END) + +// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow ImGuiMod_Ctrl +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp enum ImGuiInputEventType { @@ -1210,19 +1295,18 @@ enum ImGuiInputEventType enum ImGuiInputSource { ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them. ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only ImGuiInputSource_COUNT }; // FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? // Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' -struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; struct ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport { ImGuiID HoveredViewportID; }; struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; @@ -1232,6 +1316,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent { ImGuiInputEventType Type; ImGuiInputSource Source; + ImU32 EventId; // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data). union { ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos @@ -1247,15 +1332,94 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate -enum ImGuiNavReadMode +// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. + +typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; + +// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData { - ImGuiNavReadMode_Down, - ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed, - ImGuiNavReadMode_Released, - ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat, - ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow, - ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; + ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super. + ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) + ImGuiID RoutingCurr; + ImGuiID RoutingNext; + + ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; } +}; + +// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. +// Stored in main context (1 instance) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable +{ + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[] + ImVector Entries; + ImVector EntriesNext; // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer) + + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); } +}; + +// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features) +// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData. +struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData +{ + ImGuiID OwnerCurr; + ImGuiID OwnerNext; + bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. + bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } +}; + +// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + + // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + + // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + + // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() + // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. + // - When a policy (other than _RouteAlways) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), + // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. + // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default: meaning that a simple Shortcut() poll + // will register a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus stack and if no-one + // with a higher priority is claiming the shortcut. + // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. + // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. + // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, + + // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1294,9 +1458,9 @@ struct ImGuiListClipperData enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ { ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. - ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2 // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used. + ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) }; // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() @@ -1311,7 +1475,7 @@ enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window) ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to). ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX, - ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY, }; enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ @@ -1320,16 +1484,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Raw keyboard (not pulled from nav), facilitate use of some functions before we can unify nav and keys - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 2, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 3 + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, }; enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ @@ -1339,6 +1494,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary @@ -1347,13 +1503,13 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12 // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight }; enum ImGuiNavLayer { ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer - ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt) ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT }; @@ -1384,24 +1540,24 @@ enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, #endif }; struct ImGuiOldColumnData { - float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) + float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed ImRect ClipRect; ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } @@ -1440,6 +1596,9 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns // [SECTION] Docking support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG 0 // Dock host: background fill +#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG 1 // Dock host: decorations and contents + #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Extend ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ @@ -1472,7 +1631,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataAuthority_ { ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto, ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode, - ImGuiDataAuthority_Window + ImGuiDataAuthority_Window, }; enum ImGuiDockNodeState @@ -1480,7 +1639,7 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeState ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown, ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow, ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing, - ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible + ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible, }; // sizeof() 156~192 @@ -1585,16 +1744,16 @@ struct ImGuiDockContext // Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport { + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) int Idx; int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window - int LastFrontMostStampCount;// Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was made front-most (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order + int LastFocusedStampCount; // Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was focused (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order we use as fallback) ImGuiID LastNameHash; ImVec2 LastPos; float Alpha; // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent) float LastAlpha; + bool LastFocusedHadNavWindow;// Instead of maintaining a LastFocusedWindow (which may harder to correctly maintain), we merely store weither NavWindow != NULL last time the viewport was focused. short PlatformMonitor; - bool PlatformWindowCreated; - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. ImDrawData DrawDataP; @@ -1607,7 +1766,7 @@ struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. - ImGuiViewportP() { Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFrontMostStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; PlatformMonitor = -1; PlatformWindowCreated = false; Window = NULL; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } + ImGuiViewportP() { Window = NULL; Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFocusedStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; LastFocusedHadNavWindow = false; PlatformMonitor = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; } @@ -1641,6 +1800,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. bool Collapsed; bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DockOrder = -1; } char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } @@ -1661,6 +1821,31 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Localization support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. +enum ImGuiLocKey : int +{ + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, + ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, + ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, + ImGuiLocKey_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiLocEntry +{ + ImGuiLocKey Key; + const char* Text; +}; + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1673,34 +1858,28 @@ enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 4, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 5, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 6, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10 // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 6, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 7, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 8, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY }; struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { - bool ShowDebugLog; - bool ShowStackTool; - bool ShowWindowsRects; - bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; - bool ShowTablesRects; - bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; - bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; - bool ShowDockingNodes; - int ShowWindowsRectsType; - int ShowTablesRectsType; - - ImGuiMetricsConfig() - { - ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; - ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; - ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; - ShowDockingNodes = false; - ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; - } + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowStackTool = false; + bool ShowWindowsRects = false; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; + bool ShowTablesRects = false; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; + bool ShowDockingNodes = false; + int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; + int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; }; struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo @@ -1755,8 +1934,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; ImGuiPlatformIO PlatformIO; - ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. - ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. ImGuiStyle Style; ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsCurrFrame; // = g.IO.ConfigFlags at the time of NewFrame() ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsLastFrame; @@ -1776,6 +1953,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + // Inputs + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. + ImGuiMouseSource InputEventsNextMouseSource; + ImU32 InputEventsNextEventId; + // Windows state ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. @@ -1787,19 +1970,19 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. - ImGuiDockNode* HoveredDockNode; // [Debug] Hovered dock node. ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; - float WheelingWindowTimer; + int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL + float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; + ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; + ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; // Item/widgets state and tracking information ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; - bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. - bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel; bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active @@ -1814,7 +1997,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; - ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad int ActiveIdMouseButton; ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; @@ -1823,14 +2006,22 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. - // Input Ownership - bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. + // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. - ImBitArrayForNamedKeys ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' +#endif // Next window/item data - ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // == g.FocusScopeStack.back() + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions @@ -1839,7 +2030,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) @@ -1854,23 +2045,22 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiViewportP* MouseLastHoveredViewport; // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag. ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewportId; ImGuiPlatformMonitor FallbackMonitor; // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information. - int ViewportFrontMostStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter + int ViewportFocusedStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; - ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) @@ -1888,7 +2078,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; - ImGuiModFlags NavMoveKeyMods; + ImGuiKeyChord NavMoveKeyMods; ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? @@ -1903,12 +2093,16 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) @@ -1951,15 +2145,24 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Hover Delay system + ImGuiID HoverDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. + float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + // Widget state ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. + ImGuiID ColorEditCurrentID; // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others). + ImGuiID ColorEditSavedID; // ID we are saving/restoring HS for + float ColorEditSavedHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditSavedSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditSavedColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; float SliderGrabClickOffset; @@ -1972,7 +2175,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() short DisabledStackSize; short TooltipOverrideCount; - float TooltipSlowDelay; // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work) ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once @@ -1985,6 +2187,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Extensions // FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext? ImGuiDockContext DockContext; + void (*DockNodeWindowMenuHandler)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -1996,6 +2199,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId + // Localization + const char* LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT]; + // Capture/Logging bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target @@ -2012,13 +2218,19 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Debug Tools ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; + ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; + ImU8 DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames; + ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. + ImS8 DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth; // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around. bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) + ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + ImGuiDockNode* DebugHoveredDockNode; // Hovered dock node. // Misc - float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. + float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; @@ -2029,6 +2241,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { + IO.Ctx = this; + InputTextState.Ctx = this; + Initialized = false; ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; @@ -2043,19 +2258,21 @@ struct ImGuiContext TestEngineHookItems = false; TestEngine = NULL; + InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; + InputEventsNextEventId = 1; + WindowsActiveCount = 0; CurrentWindow = NULL; HoveredWindow = NULL; HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - HoveredDockNode = NULL; MovingWindow = NULL; WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; + WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; DebugHookIdInfo = 0; HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false; HoveredIdDisabled = false; HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; @@ -2078,11 +2295,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext LastActiveId = 0; LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); +#endif + CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; BeginMenuCount = 0; @@ -2090,14 +2309,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext CurrentViewport = NULL; MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0; - ViewportFrontMostStampCount = 0; + ViewportFocusedStampCount = 0; NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0; NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; - NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; NavIdIsAlive = false; NavMousePosDirty = false; @@ -2112,12 +2331,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; - NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; NavScoringDebugCount = 0; NavTabbingDir = 0; NavTabbingCounter = 0; + ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab; + ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab; NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; @@ -2143,31 +2364,38 @@ struct ImGuiContext TablesTempDataStacked = 0; CurrentTabBar = NULL; + HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + TempInputId = 0; ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; - ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor = 0; + ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0; + ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditSavedColor = 0; SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; DisabledStackSize = 0; - ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f; PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission PlatformImeViewport = 0; PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; + DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = NULL; + SettingsLoaded = false; SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; HookIdNext = 0; + memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); + LogEnabled = false; LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; @@ -2178,8 +2406,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugLocateId = 0; + DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 0; + DebugLocateFrames = 0; + DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; @@ -2208,18 +2442,19 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; bool IsSameLine; + bool IsSetPos; ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending + bool NavIsScrollPushableX; // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; - bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + bool NavWindowHasScrollY; // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f) // Miscellaneous bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this @@ -2245,6 +2480,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData // Storage for one window struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags, FlagsPreviousFrame; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ @@ -2262,6 +2498,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin(). + float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y). + float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes). int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") ImGuiID TabId; // == window->GetID("#TAB") @@ -2287,6 +2526,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. @@ -2344,6 +2584,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; @@ -2371,12 +2612,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID GetID(int n); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); - // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. + // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } + float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } }; @@ -2389,7 +2630,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22, // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs }; // Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ @@ -2399,7 +2640,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted = 1 << 22, // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on the DockOrder of their Window. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 23 // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 23, // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar) }; // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes) @@ -2416,10 +2657,10 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable - ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions. bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() - ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; // Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) @@ -2458,14 +2699,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. ImGuiTabBar(); - int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } - const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const - { - if (tab->Window) - return tab->Window->Name; - IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); - return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; - } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2473,12 +2706,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 512 // May be further lifted // Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. -typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; -typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; +typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; // [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. @@ -2549,16 +2781,18 @@ struct ImGuiTableCellData ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number }; -// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?) struct ImGuiTableInstanceData { - float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame // FIXME: multi-instance issue (#3955) - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame // FIXME: possible multi-instance issue? + ImGuiID TableInstanceID; + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) + float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame - ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } }; -// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; @@ -2568,10 +2802,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. - ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map - ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data - ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) - ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImBitArrayPtr VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables int LastFrameActive; @@ -2663,6 +2896,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. + bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. bool MemoryCompacted; bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis @@ -2757,12 +2992,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2805,15 +3041,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Settings - Windows + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearWindowSettings(const char* name); + + // Localization + IMGUI_API void LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count); + inline const char* LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; } + // Scrolling - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); @@ -2828,7 +3070,6 @@ namespace ImGui //#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.ID; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } @@ -2842,12 +3083,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed); // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); @@ -2857,20 +3100,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); - // Parameter stacks + // Parameter stacks (shared) IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // Currently refactoring focus/nav/tabbing system - // If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): - // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' - // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' - // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) - // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() - inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() - inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem -#endif + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); // Logging/Capture IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. @@ -2886,10 +3119,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); @@ -2913,41 +3147,89 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API const char* GetNavInputName(ImGuiNavInput n); - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode mode); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiNavReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); - // Focus Scope (WIP) - // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection - // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. - IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); - inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope which is actually active - inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() - // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; } inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); - IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel(); - IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(); - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[key]; } - inline void SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(key); } + inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + inline ImGuiKeyChord ConvertShortcutMod(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut); return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl); } + inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl); + return key; + } + + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key); + inline ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); } + IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); - inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } - inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } - IMGUI_API ImGuiModFlags GetMergedModFlags(); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // [removed in 1.87] -#endif + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); + IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. + // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). + // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). + // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: + // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). + // - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover). + // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. + // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. + // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' + inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership + // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. + // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0) + // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. + // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. + // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing + // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. + // ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord) + // ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord) + // ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values. + // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. + // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. + // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. + // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. + // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // Docking // (some functions are only declared in imgui.cpp, see Docking section) @@ -2962,7 +3244,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); - IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos); + IMGUI_API void DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true); + IMGUI_API void DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); + IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos); + IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode*DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); IMGUI_API void DockNodeEndAmendTabBar(); inline ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) { while (node->ParentNode) node = node->ParentNode; return node; } @@ -3000,11 +3286,24 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name); IMGUI_API void DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID node_id); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope + // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set) + // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but: + // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set. + // So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope. + // If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope() + // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided. + // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() + // Drag and Drop IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); @@ -3039,8 +3338,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); - inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiID TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; } IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); @@ -3052,7 +3353,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); @@ -3071,17 +3372,24 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); // Tab Bars + inline ImGuiTabBar* GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; } IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + inline int TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + IMGUI_API const char* TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); IMGUI_API void TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); @@ -3113,19 +3421,22 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); + + // Widgets: Window Decorations IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node); - IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir); - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); - IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); // Widgets low-level behaviors IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); @@ -3133,8 +3444,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -3156,10 +3468,11 @@ namespace ImGui // InputText IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } - inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -3167,7 +3480,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // Plot - IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg); // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); @@ -3181,10 +3494,14 @@ namespace ImGui // Debug Log IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - + // Debug Tools IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); @@ -3205,8 +3522,26 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); + // Obsolete functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 + inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))' (WIP) + // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() + inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! +#endif + } // namespace ImGui @@ -3238,14 +3573,15 @@ IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data); // item_data may be NULL extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log #else #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_tables.cpp index c3e24af..ea03674 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG return false; // Sanity checks - IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); @@ -332,11 +332,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // Acquire storage for the table ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); - const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; - const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; - if (instance_no > 0) - IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); // Acquire temporary buffers const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); @@ -352,17 +348,32 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); // Initialize + const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; table->ID = id; table->Flags = flags; - table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; table->IsLayoutLocked = false; table->InnerWidth = inner_width; temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; - if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) - table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + + // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID) + ImGuiID instance_id; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + if (instance_no > 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instance" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. + } + else + { + instance_id = id; + } + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id; // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. if (use_child_window) @@ -395,6 +406,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + + // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned) + if (instance_no == 0) + { + table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; + table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; + } + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); } else { @@ -404,7 +423,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG } // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables - PushOverrideID(instance_id); + PushOverrideID(id); + if (instance_no > 0) + PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol. // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -462,6 +483,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // Make table current g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; @@ -573,16 +595,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) { // Allocate single buffer for our arrays - ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count); + ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator; span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++) + span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size); table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3); + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4); + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5); } // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests @@ -721,8 +749,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount); table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE @@ -787,8 +815,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) else table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder); prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); @@ -836,7 +864,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -852,7 +880,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; - else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets @@ -893,13 +921,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); - const float width_avail = ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth(); + const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synched tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920) + const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed); const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -926,7 +955,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) @@ -936,11 +965,19 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; } + // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered. + // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + // but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily + // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). + // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); + const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveId = 0; const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. @@ -949,14 +986,13 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; - table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 || column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)(table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Use Count NOT request so Header line changes layer when frozen if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n) { @@ -967,7 +1003,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Clear status flags column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; - if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) { // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. @@ -1020,12 +1056,10 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; if (is_visible) - table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n); // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; - if (column->IsRequestOutput) - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; @@ -1105,25 +1139,24 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->IsUsingHeaders = false; // [Part 11] Context menu - if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) { - const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); - if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - TableDrawContextMenu(table); - EndPopup(); - } - else - { - table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; - } + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); } - // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) + if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) + table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0) + table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight; + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; + // Initial state ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) @@ -1153,7 +1186,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -1171,8 +1204,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); bool hovered = false, held = false; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); @@ -1289,7 +1322,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); @@ -1329,8 +1362,10 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } // Pop from id stack - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + PopID(); PopID(); // Restore window data that we modified @@ -1402,6 +1437,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; } outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } // See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file @@ -1600,11 +1636,11 @@ ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. -ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) { IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); - ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; - return id; + ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no); + return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal } // Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. @@ -1635,7 +1671,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n return; if (column_n == -1) column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) return; if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) table->RowCellDataCurrent++; @@ -1725,6 +1761,8 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. @@ -1837,17 +1875,15 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) // get the new cursor position. if (unfreeze_rows_request) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - { - ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - } + table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect - float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; @@ -1910,7 +1946,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput; } // [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column @@ -1935,8 +1971,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput; } @@ -1966,10 +2001,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; - // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height - if (!column->IsEnabled) - window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); - window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) { @@ -2006,6 +2037,9 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. float* p_max_pos_x; if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) @@ -2013,7 +2047,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) else p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); - table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + if (column->IsEnabled) + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; // Propagate text baseline for the entire row @@ -2273,7 +2308,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; - const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0; const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); @@ -2347,19 +2382,26 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. struct MergeGroup { - ImRect ClipRect; - int ChannelsCount; - ImBitArray ChannelsMask; - - MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount; + ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask; }; int merge_group_mask = 0x00; - MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4] = {}; + + // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized. + const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2); + const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels); + g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++) + merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n)); + ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4)); // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -2391,11 +2433,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); - IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels); MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no); merge_group->ChannelsCount++; merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); @@ -2431,9 +2473,8 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; - ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage - remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); - remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; @@ -2466,14 +2507,14 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); #endif remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) - remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++) + remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n]; for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) { // Copy + overwrite new clip rect - if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n)) continue; - merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n); merge_channels_count--; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; @@ -2491,7 +2532,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) { - if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n)) continue; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); @@ -2523,7 +2564,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -2851,10 +2892,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() continue; // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) - // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide - // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + // In your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide. const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); - PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + PushID(column_n); TableHeader(name); PopID(); } @@ -2969,7 +3009,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } // Sort order arrow - const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x); if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { if (column->SortOrder != -1) @@ -3000,7 +3040,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); - if (text_clipped && hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay) + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden @@ -3035,6 +3075,17 @@ void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) } } +bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted) + return false; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + return true; + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + return false; +} + // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) @@ -3054,15 +3105,15 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) if (column != NULL) { const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled; - if (MenuItem("Size column to fit###SizeOne", NULL, false, can_resize)) + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne), NULL, false, can_resize)) // "###SizeOne" TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); } const char* size_all_desc; if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) - size_all_desc = "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"; // All fixed + size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit); // "###SizeAll" All fixed else - size_all_desc = "Size all columns to default###SizeAll"; // All stretch or mixed + size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault); // "###SizeAll" All stretch or mixed if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); want_separator = true; @@ -3071,7 +3122,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) // Ordering if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) { - if (MenuItem("Reset order", NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; want_separator = true; } @@ -3853,6 +3904,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl columns->Count = columns_count; columns->Flags = flags; window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; @@ -3954,6 +4006,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() { // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); @@ -4005,8 +4058,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id)) // FIXME: Can be removed or replaced with a lower-level test + if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) continue; bool hovered = false, held = false; @@ -4043,6 +4095,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_widgets.cpp index 7cb9366..9af348b 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.88 +// dear imgui, v1.89.6 WIP // (widgets code) /* @@ -32,16 +32,15 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#include // toupper #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t #else @@ -127,7 +126,7 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); // For InputTextEx() static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. @@ -275,7 +274,6 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? const char* text, *text_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); @@ -292,10 +290,7 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -311,10 +306,7 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -329,13 +321,10 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -509,8 +498,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd() if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL); #endif bool pressed = false; @@ -542,18 +532,28 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool hovered = false; // Mouse handling + const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) { + // Poll mouse buttons + // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId. + // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine. + int mouse_button_clicked = -1; + int mouse_button_released = -1; + for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) + if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here. + { + if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } + if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; } + } + + // Process initial action if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) { - // Poll buttons - int mouse_button_clicked = -1; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } - if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner)) + SetKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button_clicked), id); if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) { SetActiveID(id, window); @@ -577,10 +577,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool } if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { - int mouse_button_released = -1; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } if (mouse_button_released != -1) { const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior @@ -595,7 +591,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) - if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) pressed = true; } @@ -611,13 +607,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + { + // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events + const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter); + const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration); + nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) { // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) SetFocusID(id, window); } @@ -633,8 +638,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) + if (mouse_button == -1) + { + // Fallback for the rare situation were g.ActiveId was set programmatically or from another widget (e.g. #6304). + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) { held = true; } @@ -647,7 +656,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps - if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) + bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); + if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; } ClearActiveID(); @@ -655,7 +665,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) @@ -822,7 +832,7 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col); float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -849,7 +859,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); if (dock_node) RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, g.FontSize, text_col); @@ -924,8 +934,6 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 if (window->SkipItems) return false; - KeepAliveID(id); - const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth(); const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight(); if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f) @@ -957,6 +965,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). bool held = false; bool hovered = false; + ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); @@ -1036,20 +1045,21 @@ void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. -bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); // Render const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); @@ -1062,9 +1072,21 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return pressed; } -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. +// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1077,9 +1099,14 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const I const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); PopID(); - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : g.Style.FramePadding; - return ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, padding, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); + bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PopStyleVar(); + return ret; } +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) { @@ -1217,17 +1244,18 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) MarkItemEdited(id); RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + const int num_segment = window->DrawList->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment); if (active) { const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark)); } if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); } ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1370,6 +1398,7 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() } // Horizontal/vertical separating line +// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly simple widget is adjacent to MANY different legacy/tricky layout issues. void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1379,20 +1408,19 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected - float thickness_draw = 1.0f; - float thickness_layout = 0.0f; + const float thickness = 1.0f; // Cannot use g.Style.SeparatorTextSize yet for various reasons. if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) { - // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y; - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f)); + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f)); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogText(" |"); } @@ -1420,13 +1448,14 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); + const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change. + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout)); const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); if (item_visible) { // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); @@ -1452,17 +1481,78 @@ void ImGui::Separator() SeparatorEx(flags); } +void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding; + + const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize; + const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness)); + const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y)); + const float text_baseline_y = ImFloor((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f)); + ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + const float sep1_x1 = pos.x; + const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x; + const float seps_y = ImFloor((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f); + + const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f); + const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN + + // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w' + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x; + + const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + else + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText("---"); + if (separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + } +} + +void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want: + // - allow headers to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight) + // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (may require ID separate from formatted string) + // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...' + // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item, + // and then we can turn this into a format function. + SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f); +} + // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - if (!item_add) + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; bool hovered, held; @@ -1558,12 +1648,12 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc items[n].Width = width_rounded; } while (width_excess > 0.0f) - for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) - if (items[n].Width + 1.0f <= items[n].InitialWidth) - { - items[n].Width += 1.0f; - width_excess -= 1.0f; - } + for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++) + { + float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f); + items[n].Width += width_to_add; + width_excess -= width_to_add; + } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1685,7 +1775,12 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size + constraint_min.x = w; + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f) + constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max); } // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx() @@ -1733,7 +1828,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; - if (window->SkipItems || !window->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect)) // FIXME: Because we don't have a ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible flag to test last ItemAdd() result + if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) return false; IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) @@ -1877,11 +1972,11 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() // - DataTypeGetInfo() // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() // - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeCompare() // - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision // - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() @@ -1907,30 +2002,6 @@ static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); -// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". -// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. -// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! -static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) -{ - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. - return "%d"; - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). - if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) - return "%d"; - const char* tmp_format; - ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&tmp_format, NULL, "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return tmp_format; -#else - IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" -#endif - } - return fmt; -} - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type) { IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -2186,10 +2257,13 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (g.IO.KeyShift) adjust_delta *= 10.0f; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } adjust_delta *= v_speed; @@ -2287,9 +2361,10 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) { + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + else if ((g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) ClearActiveID(); } if (g.ActiveId != id) @@ -2340,8 +2415,6 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); @@ -2349,18 +2422,20 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); + if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateId = id; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; temp_input_is_active = true; } @@ -2401,7 +2476,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -2547,35 +2622,6 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ return value_changed; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. -bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return DragScalar(label, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return DragScalarN(label, data_type, p_data, components, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); -} - -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2787,7 +2833,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ set_new_value = true; } } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { @@ -2795,25 +2841,26 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } - const ImVec2 input_delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); - float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? input_delta2.x : -input_delta2.y; + float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis); if (input_delta != 0.0f) { + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; if (decimal_precision > 0) { input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + if (tweak_slow) input_delta /= 10.0f; } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + if (tweak_fast) input_delta *= 10.0f; g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta; @@ -2901,6 +2948,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) return false; @@ -2960,8 +3008,6 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); @@ -2969,10 +3015,12 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); + if (make_active && clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) @@ -3016,7 +3064,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -3127,12 +3175,13 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id) { + if (clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); @@ -3175,33 +3224,6 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. -bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return SliderScalar(label, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, slider_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return SliderScalarN(label, data_type, v, components, v_min, v_max, format, slider_flags); -} - -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3290,7 +3312,7 @@ void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate } -// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields and flags "%+3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) { const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); @@ -3301,7 +3323,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, while (fmt_in < fmt_end) { char c = *fmt_in++; - if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.' || c == '+' || c == '#')) continue; has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. @@ -3440,7 +3462,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. bool value_changed = false; - if (p_step != NULL) + if (p_step == NULL) + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); + } + else { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -3449,6 +3476,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; @@ -3482,11 +3510,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PopID(); EndGroup(); } - else - { - if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); - } if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); @@ -3603,7 +3626,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, co bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint. return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } @@ -3621,9 +3644,9 @@ static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** return line_count; } -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImFont* font = g.Font; const float line_height = g.FontSize; const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; @@ -3672,14 +3695,14 @@ namespace ImStb static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) { const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); r->x0 = 0.0f; r->x1 = size.x; r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; @@ -3688,19 +3711,40 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* ob r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); } -// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) +{ + return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='.' || c=='!'; +} + +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]); + bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]); + bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]); + return ((prev_white || prev_separ) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]); + bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]); + bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]); + return ((prev_white) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC -#else static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN -#endif +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) { @@ -3778,11 +3822,12 @@ static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* st { stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; if (text_len <= 0) return; if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) { - state->cursor = text_len; + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = text_len; state->has_preferred_x = 0; return; } @@ -3834,7 +3879,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons return; // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data); @@ -3901,6 +3946,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) + // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may + // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font. + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)) + if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E) + c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21; + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) @@ -3919,18 +3971,21 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // Turn a-z into A-Z if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a')); + c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a'); if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) return false; + + *p_char = c; } // Custom callback filter if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; callback_data.Flags = flags; @@ -3980,6 +4035,21 @@ static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* st p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); } +// As InputText() retain textual data and we currently provide a path for user to not retain it (via local variables) +// we need some form of hook to reapply data back to user buffer on deactivation frame. (#4714) +// It would be more desirable that we discourage users from taking advantage of the "user not retaining data" trick, +// but that more likely be attractive when we do have _NoLiveEdit flag available. +void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState; + if (id == 0 || state->ID != id) + return; + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID; + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data ? state->TextA.Data : "", state->CurLenA + 1); +} + // Edit a string of text // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". // This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match @@ -4075,7 +4145,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); @@ -4085,7 +4155,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; - const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state. const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) @@ -4094,6 +4164,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state = &g.InputTextState; state->CursorAnimReset(); + // Backup state of deactivating item so they'll have a chance to do a write to output buffer on the same frame they report IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit (#4714) + InputTextDeactivateHook(state->ID); + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); @@ -4141,30 +4214,33 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) } + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) { IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id); SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); - - // Declare our inputs - IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); + } + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + // Declare some inputs, the other are registered and polled via Shortcut() routing system. + if (user_clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); - SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id); if (is_multiline) { - SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id); } + if (is_osx) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id); if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - { - SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab); - } + SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKey_Tab, id); } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -4176,10 +4252,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ clear_active_id = true; // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection - const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); + bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; + bool validated = false; // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( @@ -4226,13 +4302,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Edit in progress const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); @@ -4275,10 +4349,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) { - // FIXME: unselect on late click could be done release? if (hovered) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + if (io.KeyShift) + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + else + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -4291,10 +4367,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // We except backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) + // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) - const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id) && !is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) @@ -4303,6 +4378,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) @@ -4322,7 +4398,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process other shortcuts/key-presses - bool cancel_edit = false; + bool revert_edit = false; if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); @@ -4331,25 +4407,26 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Super | ImGuiModFlags_Shift)); const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Shift); - const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); - const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) + // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. + const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; + const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id); // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. - const bool is_validate_enter = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter); - const bool is_validate_nav = (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed) && !IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); - const bool is_cancel = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); + const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); + const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat)); + // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of. if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } @@ -4358,7 +4435,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + { + // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace) + if (is_wordmove_key_down) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); + } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) @@ -4370,12 +4456,17 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); } - else if (is_validate_enter) + else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate) { + // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + validated = true; + if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline) + state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll + else + clear_active_id = true; } else if (!is_readonly) { @@ -4384,21 +4475,32 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } - else if (is_validate_nav) - { - IM_ASSERT(!is_validate_enter); - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; - } else if (is_cancel) { - clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) + { + if (state->CurLenA > 0) + { + revert_edit = true; + } + else + { + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + clear_active_id = true; + } + } + else + { + clear_active_id = revert_edit = true; + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + } } else if (is_undo || is_redo) { state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); state->ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A)) + else if (is_select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; @@ -4432,12 +4534,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; - for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; ) { unsigned int c; s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (c == 0) - break; if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) continue; clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; @@ -4462,14 +4562,23 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - if (cancel_edit) + if (revert_edit && !is_readonly) { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { + // Clear input + apply_new_text = ""; + apply_new_text_length = 0; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); + } + else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; + value_changed = true; ImVector w_text; if (apply_new_text_length > 0) { @@ -4491,7 +4600,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). - const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back @@ -4507,7 +4616,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -4534,7 +4643,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (event_flag) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; @@ -4566,6 +4675,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } if (buf_dirty) { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) @@ -4582,11 +4692,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; + value_changed = true; } } + } - // Clear temporary user storage - state->Flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; + // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details) + if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) + { + if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly) + { + apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1; + value_changed |= (strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text); + } + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0; } // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) @@ -4599,6 +4720,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_resizable) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.Buf = buf; @@ -4615,12 +4737,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame. + if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id) ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Render frame if (!is_multiline) @@ -4700,11 +4824,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; } @@ -4773,7 +4897,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); @@ -4866,9 +4990,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; + return validated; else return value_changed; } @@ -4880,7 +5004,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); - Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID); + Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenW, state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x); Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state { @@ -4927,28 +5053,32 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; +} + // ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. // Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) { - // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. - // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. - // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. - // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. - // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, - // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) return; // When S == 0, H is undefined. // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. - if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) - *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; // When V == 0, S is undefined. if (*V == 0.0f) - *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat; } // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). @@ -4971,6 +5101,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag BeginGroup(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; @@ -5004,7 +5137,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } @@ -5109,23 +5242,29 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if (BeginPopup("picker")) { - picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (label != label_display_end) + if (g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1) { - TextEx(label, label_display_end); - Spacing(); + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + Spacing(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? - value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); EndPopup(); } } if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) { + // Position not necessarily next to last submitted button (e.g. if style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left), + // but we need to use SameLine() to setup baseline correctly. Might want to refactor SameLine() to simplify this. SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, label_display_end); } @@ -5137,10 +5276,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) { - g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; - g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; + g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -5152,6 +5292,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag col[3] = f[3]; } + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); EndGroup(); @@ -5162,7 +5304,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086 value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; } if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) @@ -5181,7 +5323,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; - if (value_changed) + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; @@ -5225,6 +5367,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); BeginGroup(); if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) @@ -5273,7 +5418,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2]; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } @@ -5328,10 +5473,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); - - // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. - if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) @@ -5406,9 +5548,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - g.ColorEditLastHue = H; - g.ColorEditLastSat = S; - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedHue = H; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = S; + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5510,7 +5653,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; - int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + int hue_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(hue_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); @@ -5520,13 +5663,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimReserve(3, 3); draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0); draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f); sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); } @@ -5549,9 +5689,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); + int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, sv_cursor_segments); // Render alpha bar if (alpha_bar) @@ -5569,9 +5710,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) value_changed = false; - if (value_changed) + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); return value_changed; @@ -5685,7 +5828,8 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -5904,7 +6048,14 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; @@ -5920,7 +6071,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5929,7 +6080,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5995,7 +6146,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); @@ -6338,6 +6489,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } @@ -6354,7 +6506,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent) + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) selected = pressed = true; @@ -6363,7 +6515,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl { if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) { - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect) + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } } @@ -6378,8 +6530,6 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) - hovered = true; if (hovered || selected) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); @@ -6554,7 +6704,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -6565,10 +6715,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - if (frame_size.x == 0.0f) - frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); - if (frame_size.y == 0.0f) - frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); @@ -6854,7 +7001,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering) const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check (FIXME: Seems unnecessary) FocusWindow(window); SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. @@ -6948,7 +7095,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); End(); } @@ -6962,9 +7109,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. - // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus. // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, - // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. @@ -6972,7 +7119,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer) + return false; + return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true, false); } bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) @@ -6988,9 +7137,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. @@ -6998,7 +7147,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) { if (menu_is_open) - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) else g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return menu_is_open; @@ -7010,10 +7159,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window) + // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window. const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). @@ -7024,7 +7173,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) BeginDisabled(); const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; bool pressed; - const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; + + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar @@ -7035,7 +7186,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); float w = label_size.x; ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). @@ -7051,7 +7202,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); if (icon_w > 0.0f) RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); @@ -7062,7 +7213,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + PopItemFlag(); bool want_open = false; bool want_close = false; @@ -7071,26 +7222,30 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. bool moving_toward_child_menu = false; - ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below) + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues (FIXME: ??) + ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; + tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_other_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) want_close = true; // Open @@ -7131,23 +7286,32 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); PopID(); - if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) + if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { - // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. OpenPopup(label); - return false; } - - menu_is_open |= want_open; - if (want_open) + else if (want_open) + { + menu_is_open = true; OpenPopup(label); + } if (menu_is_open) { - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData; + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) PopStyleVar(); + if (menu_is_open) + { + // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu() + // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) + g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + } } else { @@ -7164,17 +7328,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) void ImGui::EndMenu() { - // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). - // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. - // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + // Nav: When a left move request our menu failed, close ourselves. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) - if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow == window) - { - ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginMenu()/EndMenu() calls + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; // Should always be != NULL is we passed assert. + if (window->BeginCount == window->BeginCountPreviousFrame) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window) && parent_window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } EndPopup(); } @@ -7190,10 +7355,10 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this. const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. @@ -7202,7 +7367,8 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut if (!enabled) BeginDisabled(); - const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover; + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover; const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { @@ -7214,7 +7380,8 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); - RenderText(text_pos, label); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) + RenderText(text_pos, label); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else @@ -7227,25 +7394,28 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); - if (icon_w > 0.0f) - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); - if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); - PopStyleColor(); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } - if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); if (!enabled) EndDisabled(); PopID(); if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + PopItemFlag(); return pressed; } @@ -7276,12 +7446,19 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal] // - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal] // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal] // - TabBarAddTab() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -7407,6 +7584,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap @@ -7462,6 +7640,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -7469,6 +7648,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back()); } +// Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) +static float TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) +{ + return tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; +} + // This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab() // The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions. static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -7571,9 +7756,9 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); - const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; - tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth > 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); + const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); + tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x; int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; @@ -7585,9 +7770,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++]; shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n; shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth; - - IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f); - tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth; + tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f); } // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) @@ -7617,7 +7800,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore - if (width_excess > 0.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) + if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) { int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); @@ -7631,6 +7814,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) continue; + shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width); int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); tab->Width = shrinked_width; @@ -7674,11 +7858,25 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // CTRL+TAB can override visible tab temporarily if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode->TabBar == tab_bar) - tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_to_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->ID; + tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_to_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->TabId; - // Update scrolling + // Apply request requests if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); + else if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) && IsMouseHoveringRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, true) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.CurrentWindow)) + { + const float wheel = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + const ImGuiKey wheel_key = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY : ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX; + if (TestKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID) && wheel != 0.0f) + { + const float scroll_step = wheel * TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections) / 3.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - scroll_step); + } + SetKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID); + } + + // Update scrolling tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -7704,7 +7902,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal); } -// Dockable uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. +// Dockable windows uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. static ImU32 ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window) { if (docked_window != NULL) @@ -7737,6 +7935,14 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) return NULL; } +// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder) +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order) +{ + if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[order]; +} + // FIXME: See references to #2304 in TODO.txt ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { @@ -7751,6 +7957,23 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBa return most_recently_selected_tab; } +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx <= 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; +} + +const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + if (tab->Window) + return tab->Window->Name; + if (tab->NameOffset == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; +} + // The purpose of this call is to register tab in advance so we can control their order at the time they appear. // Otherwise calling this is unnecessary as tabs are appending as needed by the BeginTabItem() function. void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -7772,7 +7995,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGu tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(new_tab); } -// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. +// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) { if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) @@ -7785,7 +8008,9 @@ void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) // Called on manual closure attempt void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { - IM_ASSERT(!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. @@ -7801,7 +8026,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } } @@ -7822,11 +8047,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) - int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); + int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab); // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) - // FIXME: This is all confusing. - float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + float scrollable_width = TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections); // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); @@ -7846,7 +8070,12 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) { IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7854,7 +8083,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, in tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7897,7 +8126,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) return false; //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) return false; @@ -7957,7 +8186,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { - int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); + int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached @@ -8009,7 +8238,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) continue; - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; } @@ -8114,7 +8343,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if (p_open && !*p_open) { - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); return false; } @@ -8140,35 +8369,35 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); // Calculate tab contents size - ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, (p_open != NULL) || (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)); tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f; if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width; if (tab_is_new) - tab->Width = size.x; + tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x); tab->ContentWidth = size.x; tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool tab_just_unsaved = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; tab->Flags = flags; tab->Window = docked_window; - // Append name with zero-terminator + // Append name _WITH_ the zero-terminator // (regular tabs are permitted in a DockNode tab bar, but window tabs not permitted in a non-DockNode tab bar) - if (tab->Window != NULL) + if (docked_window != NULL) { IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode); tab->NameOffset = -1; } else { - IM_ASSERT(tab->Window == NULL); tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); - tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Append name _with_ the zero-terminator. + tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); } // Update selected tab @@ -8176,9 +8405,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, { if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } // Lock visibility @@ -8196,7 +8425,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) { - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); if (is_tab_button) return false; return tab_contents_visible; @@ -8242,7 +8471,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (pressed && !is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // Transfer active id window so the active id is not owned by the dock host (as StartMouseMovingWindow() // will only do it on the drag). This allows FocusWindow() to be more conservative in how it clears active id. @@ -8299,7 +8528,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (distance_from_edge_y >= threshold_y) undocking_tab = true; if (drag_distance_from_edge_x > threshold_x) - if ((drag_dir < 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) + if ((drag_dir < 0 && TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) undocking_tab = true; } @@ -8312,7 +8541,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, SetActiveID(g.MovingWindow->MoveId, g.MovingWindow); g.ActiveIdClickOffset -= g.MovingWindow->Pos - bb.Min; g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; - SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(); + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); } } } @@ -8335,9 +8564,8 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); - if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - if (!is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button) + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; @@ -8346,7 +8574,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, docked_window ? docked_window->ID : id) : 0; bool just_closed; bool text_clipped; - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, tab_just_unsaved ? (flags & ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) : flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) { *p_open = false; @@ -8368,9 +8596,10 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores) // FIXME: This is a mess. // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? - if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered()) + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected if (is_tab_button) @@ -8404,18 +8633,23 @@ void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) } } -ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button) +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - if (has_close_button) + if (has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle. else size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f; return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y); } +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return TabItemCalcSize(window->Name, window->HasCloseButton || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)); +} + void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col) { // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it. diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_textedit.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_textedit.h index 75a159d..a8a8231 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ // This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) +// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. // stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett @@ -524,29 +525,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); int i=0, first; - if (n == z) { - // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to - // explicitly handle this case in the regular code - if (single_line) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); - find->y = 0; - find->first_char = 0; - find->length = z; - find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; - find->x = r.x1; - } else { - find->y = 0; - find->x = 0; - find->height = 1; - while (i < z) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); - prev_start = i; - i += r.num_chars; - } - find->first_char = i; - find->length = 0; - find->prev_first = prev_start; - } + if (n == z && single_line) { + // special case if it's at the end (may not be needed?) + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + find->y = 0; + find->first_char = 0; + find->length = z; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->x = r.x1; return; } @@ -557,9 +543,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); if (n < i + r.num_chars) break; + if (i + r.num_chars == z && z > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, z - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) // [DEAR IMGUI] special handling for last line + break; // [DEAR IMGUI] prev_start = i; i += r.num_chars; find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; + if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI] + break; // [DEAR IMGUI] } find->first_char = first = i; diff --git a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_truetype.h b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_truetype.h index 643d378..35c827e 100644 --- a/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/Code/ThirdParty/DearImgui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gly start = end; } } - if (fdselector == -1) stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + if (fdselector == -1) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); // [DEAR IMGUI] fixed, see #6007 and nothings/stb#1422 return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector)); }